engineering catalog power-strut - usesi · 2018-05-28 · screens, tunnel stanchions and offshore...
Post on 22-Jul-2020
0 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
PO
WE
R-S
TR
UT
®
En
gin
ee
ring
Ca
talo
g
Electrical In
frastructu
re So
lutio
ns
™
ww
w.a
llied
eg
.co
m
•C
hannels, Fittings, &
Accesso
ries
•E
lectrical Racew
ay Co
mp
onents
•C
oncrete Inserts
•C
ush-A-C
lamp
s®
•P
ow
er-Ang
les™
•A
ickinstrut®
Family o
f Fiberg
lass C
hannel & A
ccessories
Th
e P
ow
er to
Bu
ild!
Th
e P
ow
er-S
trut C
on
ne
ctio
n,
Ea
sy a
s 1
- 2 - 3
...
The present line of Power-Strut continuous slot m
etal fram
ing is the result of over one half century of experience in m
etal framing.
This complete line includes channels, fittings and
accessories for any framing or support solution...
large or small, heavy or light.
Power-Strut is proud of the exacting standards of
research, design, engineering and manufacturing that
go into production of the Power-Strut system
.
Maxim
um recom
mended load ratings for channels have
been established through testing and are based on allow
able stresses applicable to the Power-Strut M
aterialSpecification. Electrical Pow
er-Strut products are listed by the U
nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (U
.L.) and certified by the C
anadian Standards Association (CSA.)
1.Insert the clam
ping nut anywhere along the continuous
slot channel. A90° clockw
ise turn positions the grooves and teeth in the nut w
ith the inserted edges of the channel.
2.The Pow
er-Strut fitting provides the connection of channels.
3.Tighten the bolt(s) to secure the connection.
WA
RN
ING
: Power-Strut products are carefully designed and m
anufactured to the listed standards, as applicable. H
owever, Pow
er-Strut reserves the right to revise product design without notification. Pow
er-Strut products included in this catalog are intended for installation and service only as described or specified herein. C
are should be exercised by installers and end-users to install, use and m
aintain these products properly to avoid any possible on-the-job accidents.
Gen
eral Inform
ation
Product Overview
...............................4-5Exam
ple Applications ............................6-7
Finishes ......................................8-9M
aterial Specifications ...........................10
PowerStrut Profile Index
.........................11-16A
ickinstrut Profile Index.........................16-18
Pow
erStrut M
etal Chan
nel
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Pull-O
ut & Slip Loads.............................
20Product Profiles...............................20-21PS 100 C
hannel ..............................22-23PS 150 C
hannel ..............................24-25PS 200 C
hannel ..............................26-29PS 210 C
hannel ..............................30-31PS 300 C
hannel ..............................32-33PS 400 C
hannel ..............................34-35PS 500 C
hannel ..............................36-37PS 520 C
hannel ..............................38-39PS 560 C
hannel ..............................40-41A
ccessories....................................42
Lateral Bracing .................................42
Fasteners
Overview
& Product U
sage Chart..................43-44
Fasteners ...................................45-48
Fittings
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49G
eneral Fittings...............................50-59W
ing Connectors .............................60-61
Post Bases...................................61-62Trolleys.......................................
62Brackets &
Supports ...........................62-65Beam
&”C
” Clam
ps............................65-68
Pipe &
Con
duit Clam
ps
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69C
lamps.....................................70-76
Pipe Rollers..................................77-78
Electrical
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79C
hannel Raceway
...............................80
Example A
pplications ..........................81-83Electrical Fittings, Boxes, &
Accessories..............84-90
Con
crete Inserts
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Products....................................92-94
Junior C
han
nel
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95PS 600J C
hannel................................96
PS 700J Channel................................
97A
ccessories..................................96-98
Pow
er-Angle
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Products.....................................
100Loads, &
Configurations ......................101-104
Aickin
strut - Non
-metallic Fiberglass
Chan
nel &
Accessories
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105A
ickinstrut Specifications ......................106-107C
hemical C
ompatibility Table
...................108-109G
eneral Information ............................
110C
hannel Profiles & Product Loading ..............111-113
Fittings...................................114-116
Pipe Clam
ps & C
apping ......................117-120Fasteners .................................120-122Pipe H
angers, Accessories, &
Supports............123-125Post Bases....................................
126
Aickin
shape - N
on-m
etallic Fiberglass Structural S
hapes
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Products..................................127-130Sealers, C
oatings & Prom
otional Materials ............
131
Aickin
grate - Non
-metallic Fiberglass
Molded G
rating
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Specifications, Products &
Loading...............133-134
Aickin
grate - Non
-metallic Fiberglass
Pultruded G
rating
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Specifications .................................
135“I” Bar Products.............................136-137“T” Bar Products ............................138-139A
ickingrate Part Num
bers ........................140
Stair Treads ..................................141
Aickinplate, A
ccessories ......................142-143Fiberglass C
orrosion-Resistance Guide Table
...........144
Technical D
ata
Formulas .................................146-147
Beam Loads ..................................
148Fitting Loads..................................
149Pipe Spacing ..............................150-151C
hannel & Trap M
embers ........................
152Tubing, C
onduit, & Pipe D
ata...................153-158
Flanges, Channels &
I Beams...................159-160
Conversion Table...............................
161Part N
umber Index ..........................162-170
®
More Than 8
,00
0 Q
uality Products
The Power–Strut m
etal framing system
can be regarded as a basic building m
aterial. Our m
etal framing system
is an erector set concept, using channel and fittings to solve m
any applications. You can conceal m
etal framing in the basic structure of a
building or run it along the surface of walls, ceilings and floors.
An endless array of fittings provide freedom
to work at virtually
any angle along any surface to shape a support system that fits
your exact needs.
Available finishes include hot–dipped galvanized, pregalvanized,
electro–galvanized and painted, along with m
aterial choices of steel, stainless steel and alum
inum.
Beyond its versatility as a basic building material, m
etal framing
is popular for more exotic applications such as clean room
s, satellite dish supports, x–ray supports, storage racks, theater screens, tunnel stanchions and offshore platform
catwalks.
While the uses of m
etal framing are truly unlim
ited, they fall into three m
ajor categories.
Electrical S
ystems
Versatile metal fram
ing is widely used by electrical contractors
to support conduit, panel boxes, raceway system
s and other electrical com
ponents. In addition, Power–Strut channel can be
used as a wiring racew
ay. Products marked w
ith the UL sym
bol in this catalog are listed by U
nderwriter’s Laboratories for use
in raceway applications.
Channel racew
ays or support systems can be attached to ceilings,
wood or steel beam
s, inside columns or im
bedded in concrete. Trapeze system
s can support conduit from either the top or bottom
.
As a lighting support system
, metal fram
ing helps assure proper alignm
ent over long spans. As a racew
ay system, channel offers
an opportunity to reduce construction costs through more efficient
use of installation labor. The exceptional versatility of channel gives contractors m
ore flexibility in solving miscellaneous problem
s w
hich may arise at the job site.
A B
roa
d a
nd
Versa
tile Meta
l Fra
min
g L
ine B
ack
ed
Mechanical S
ystems That R
educe Costs
For mechanical support of H
VAC
, plumbing and fire protection
systems, the versatility of m
etal framing system
s is unmatched.
It is by far the most popular fram
ing system w
ith contractors because the w
ide variety of fittings and support devices available help solve virtually any support problem
without
expensive welding.
Piping stanchions, ceiling and wall-m
ounted supports and tunnel supports are com
mon m
etal framing applications. C
oncrete insert, shelf bracket, w
all and ceiling-mounted system
s provide flexible solutions to any piping support applications.
In addition, pipe support products such as Power-W
rap and cush-ioned clam
ps provide insulation to prevent potential damage from
noise, vibration, tem
perature variations and metal-to
-metal contact.
OEM
Com
ponents and Maintenance
Metal Fram
ing systems provide convenient solutions for m
ainte-nance and retrofit requirem
ents in processing and manufacturing
facilities. Also, Pow
er-Strut products can be used as cost-effective com
ponents in OEM
applications. For example, channel can
be used as conveyor stands and side rails or provide framing
for panel cabinetry products, or for generator, motor and
pump supports.
The complete line of products and leading reputation for quality
and service make Pow
er-Strut your practical choice for metal
framing. C
ontact your local Power-Strut representative for
additional information.
by a
Lea
din
g R
epu
tatio
n fo
r Qu
ality a
nd
Service.
®
Pipe clamp fittings
PS 1100 (typical)
Standard back-to-backcom
bination channel
Plastic End Cap (typical)
Anchor(suitable for w
all material)
Square Washer
PS 619 w/Hex Nut
Overhead S
upport Vertical to H
orizontalW
all Mount O
rganize & C
ontrol MultiS
helf or U
tility Support
Pipe clamp
fittings(typical)
Versatile Power-Strut installation
of utility piping means that
expansion is just a matter of
inserting another pipe clamp!
PS 611(typical)
Anchor(suitable for w
all material)
Check span for allowable load
Pipe Rack
Trapeze Support
Overhead M
ulti-Use S
upport System
s U
sing Channel A
ttached to “I” Beam
s
Stock brackets areavailable in lengthsfrom
6" to 36"
Wall M
ounted Brackets
Wall-m
ountedchannel
Standard C
hannel and Fitting Assem
bly
The factory punched holes in “H” series channel allow
fittings to be attached to either side.
Just loosen the nuts
to easily adjust position
Trapeze Support S
ystem
Power-Strut m
etal framing is ideal for electrical
and mechanical pipe support applications.
PlasticEnd Cap(For safety)
Pre-slotted channel allowthrough channel connections Square
Washer
PS 619
Acceptable Methods to Hang Channels
Threaded Rod
Supports for Threaded R
od Attachm
ents B
etween B
eamsUse Beam
Clamps in pairs
Select channel size based on load requirements
PS 203 for 3⁄8" Rod(eyelet link)Threaded Rod
PS RS 3⁄8" (channel nut)w
/PS 619 3⁄8" (sq. washer)
Pipe Hanger
Ganged P
ipe Support
Supports for Threaded R
od Attachm
ents to S
ingle Beam
s
Standard “I” beam
Standard channelPipe clamps
Use Beam Clam
psin pairs
Hanger support
Select channel size basedon load requirem
ents
® Engineering Catalog
ZIN
C C
OATIN
GPow
er-Strut products are available in four types of zinc coatings:
Zin
c coatin
gs o
ffer two typ
es of
pro
tection
:
1. Ba
rrier: The zinc coating protects the steel substrate from
direct con-tact w
ith the environment.
2. Sa
crificial: The zinc coating w
ill protect scratches, cut edges, etc. through an anodic sacrificial pro
-cess.
The service life of zinc coating is directly related to the zinc coating thickness as show
n below.
CO
MPA
RIS
ON
OF Z
INC
GA
LVA
NIZ
ED FIN
ISH
ESFin
ish
Zin
c Thickn
ess
Pregalvanized 0
.75
MIL
Zin
c C
oa
ting
Pre
pa
red
Ste
el
Ch
an
ne
l, Clo
su
res
, Cla
mp
s &
Fittin
gs H
ot-Dipped G
alvanized (HG
)M
aterial is coated with zinc after being
roll-formed or after all m
anufacturing operations are com
pleted, conform-
Ele
ctro
-Ga
lva
niz
ed
Zin
c C
oa
ting
Pre
pa
red
Ste
el
Bo
lts, N
uts
, Cla
mp
s &
Fittin
gs
Electro-Galvanized (EG
) Fittings and hardw
are are electrolytically coated w
ith zinc to comm
ercial stan-
and is recomm
ended for dry indoor
thickness.
0.5
mill and is the standard finish
thickness only on UL Listed racew
ay products.
Ele
ctro
-Pla
ted
Zin
c C
oa
ting
Ye
llow
Dic
hro
ma
teC
on
ve
rsio
n C
oa
t
Pre
pa
red
Ste
el
Ch
an
ne
l & F
itting
s
Pre
-ga
lva
niz
ed
Ste
el
Ch
an
ne
l & C
los
ure
s
Pregalvanized (P
G)
by hot-dip process prior to roll-forming
or press operations.
The zinc coating conforms to
Requirem
ent for Steel Sheet,
Process.
Pow
er-Gold (ZD
)A
Electro-galvanized zinc plate is
applied with a cohesive m
olecular bond to the steel base m
etal, in compliance
results in a gold appearance which acts
as a nonporous barrier sealant.
is the standard finish thickness
mill and is the standard finish thickness
only on UL Listed racew
ay products.
PO
WER
-GR
EEN®
TECH
NIC
AL D
ATA
STEEL S
UB
STR
ATE P
REP
AR
ATIO
N
Eight stage continuous cleaning, rinse, zinc phosphate conversion coating and sealer.
CO
ATIN
G
Thermoset epoxy
Colo
r:
Color Tolerance C
hart PR C
olor No. 4
.
Hard
ness:
Coatin
g Pro
cess: Cathodic
Electrodeposition.
PER
FOR
MA
NCE
Salt Sp
ray:
Scribed
: exceeds 40
0 hrs per
⁄8
Un
scribed
:
ENVIR
ON
MEN
TAL IS
SU
ES
Formulated as a “heavy m
etal”- free
Ou
tgassin
g in
service: essentially
Ty
pe
30
4 o
rT
yp
e 3
16
Sta
inle
ss
Ste
el
Ch
an
ne
l, Clo
su
res
& F
itting
s
Stainless S
teel (SS)
Material in accordance w
ith
Ex
trud
ed
Alu
min
um
Ch
an
ne
l, Clo
su
res
& F
itting
s
Alum
inum (A
L)C
hannel is extruded aluminum
in
Ste
el
(oile
d s
urfa
ce
)
Ch
an
ne
l, Clo
su
res
& F
itting
s
Plain (P
L) Plain finish designation m
eans that the channel retains the oiled surface ap-plied to the raw
steel during the rolling process. The fittings have the original oiled surface of the bar-stock m
aterial.
Pre
pa
red
Ste
el
Se
ale
r
Zin
c P
ho
sp
ha
te
E-C
oa
t
Ch
an
ne
l, Clo
su
res
& F
itting
s
Pow
er-Green
® (G
R)
Channel and parts are cleaned and
phosphated. Imm
ediately afterward,
a uniform coat of rust-inhibiting
thermoset epoxy paint is applied by
cathodic electro-deposition and
thoroughly baked.
Finishes (Ordering):
When ordering, add the finish to
the part number.
® Engineering Catalog
* Channel referenced is 1
5⁄8" wide, fittings referenced are
for 15⁄8" channel.
† Some
⁄4" fittings are produced from A
-36 Structural Steel.
Materials:
Ch
an
nel* &
Clo
sures – Preg
alva
nized
ASTM
A653 G
rade 33, Steel Sheet Zinc Coated by H
ot Dip
Process
Ch
an
nel* – Pla
in, Pa
inted
or H
ot D
ip G
alva
nized
and Strip, Structural Quality
Ch
an
nel* – Sta
inless Steel
Chrom
ium–N
ickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, Strip for Pressure Vessel
Ch
an
nel* – A
lum
inu
m
Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube
Clo
sures – Pla
in, Pa
inted
or H
ot D
ip G
alva
nized
Fitting
s* – Steel⁄4⁄8
Fitting
s* – Alu
min
um
Accesso
ries – SteelLess than
⁄4
Pipe C
lam
ps – Steel
Pipe C
lam
ps – Sta
inless Steel
Pipe C
lam
ps – A
lum
inu
m
Ch
an
nel N
uts
⁄8" &
⁄⁄4
Hex N
uts a
nd
Bolts
Threa
ded
Low C
arbon Steel
Product testing is an important Part of Pow
er-Strut’s Quality A
s-surance Program
. We utilize our ow
n testing facilities, as well as
those of independent testing laboratories, to determine design
loads with proper and adequate safety factors. These design loads
are indicated, where applicable, throughout the catalog. Loads
are based on AISI Specification For The D
esign Of C
old-Formed
Steel Structural Mem
bers, 2001 Edition.
Destructive and non-destructive testing procedures are used to test
for variables such as corrosion, conductivity, electro-static dissipa-tion, ultra-violet resistance, w
ind resistance, dimensional accuracy,
material integrity and slip resistance.
In short, if there’s a specification to meet, Pow
er-Strut will develop
a test to quantify and verify it. Using design properties of the Pow
-er-Strut fram
ing mem
bers, load data given in this catalog, and/or design procedures of the A
merican Iron &
Steel Institute Specifica-tion For The D
esign Of C
old-Formed Steel Structural M
embers,
2001 Edition, it is possible to design any type of structure within
the capabilities of the system.
Assem
blies or connections that cannot be calculated using provi-sions of the A
ISI specifications must be established by application-
specific tests.
Product Load Testing
We reserve the right to m
ake specification changes w
ithout notice.
While every effort has been m
ade to assure the accuracy of inform
ation contained in this catalog at the tim
e of publication, we cannot accept
responsibility for inaccuracies resulting from
undetected errors or omissions.
Channel
PS 100 .....................22PS 100 2T3 ..............22
PS 150 .....................24PS 150 2T3 ..............24
PS 200 .....................26PS 200 2T3 ..............26
PS 200 2T2 ..............28
PS 200 2T4 ..............28PS 200 2T5 ..............28
PS 200 3T6 ..............28PS 200 PLA
.............29PS 200 PLC
.............29PS 210 .....................30
PS 210 2T3 ..............30
PS 300 .....................32PS 300 2T3 ..............32
PS 400 .....................34PS 400 2T3 ..............34
PS 500 .....................36PS 500 2T3 ..............36
PS 520 .....................38
PS 520 2T3 ..............38PS 560 .....................40
PS 560 2T3 ..............40PS 6152 ...................42
PS 6153 ...................42PS 9050 ...................42
Fasteners
PS 6024 ...................45PS 6072 ...................45
PS 6075 ...................45PS 6064 ...................45
PS 6108 ...................45PS 6112 ...................45
PS 83 .......................45
PS 209 .....................45PS 230 .....................46
PS 231 .....................46PS 211 .....................46
PS 3281 ...................46PS 146 .....................46
PS 135 .....................46
PS 517 .....................46PS LS ......................47
PS RS ......................47
PS SS ......................47PS N
S ......................47PS N
S S ...................47PS TG
......................47
PS ML ......................47
PS 3500 ...................48PS K
W .....................48
PS 202 .....................48PS 203 .....................48
PS 204 .....................48PS 205 .....................48
®
General Fittings
PS 601 .....................50PS 602 .....................50
PS 617 .....................50PS 618 .....................50
PS 619 .....................50PS 2504 ...................50
PS 620 .....................51
PS 621 .....................51PS 718 .....................50
PS 719 .....................50PS 888 .....................50
PS 889 .....................50PS 712 .....................51
PS 714 .....................51
PS 744 .....................51PS 750 .....................51
PS 925 .....................51PS 2190 ...................51
PS 747 .....................51PS 822 .....................51
PS 854 .....................51
PS 2112 ...................51PS 603 .....................52
PS 921 .....................52PS 763 .....................52
PS 764 .....................52PS 604 .....................52
PS 2144 ...................52
PS 806 .....................52PS 2520 ...................52
PS 605 .....................52PS 606 .....................53
PS 745 .....................53PS 2545 ...................52
PS 607 .....................53
PS 3049 ...................53PS 3373 ...................53
PS 614 .....................53PS 615 .....................53
PS 716 R or L ..........53
PS 720 R or L ..........53
PS 660 .....................53
PS 927 .....................54PS 689 A
& B
..........54PS 713 .....................53
PS 715 .....................53PS 622 .....................54
PS 752 R or L ..........54
PS 746 .....................54
PS 748 .....................54PS 3326 R
or L ........54PS 2007 R
or L ........54PS 633 .....................55
PS 624 .....................54PS 781 .....................55
PS 793 .....................55
PS 2113 ...................54PS 9400 ...................55
PS 9401 ...................55PS 9402 ...................55
PS 9403 ...................56PS 9404 ...................56
PS 926 .....................54
PS 2054 ...................55PS 810 .....................55
PS 812 .....................56PS 756 .....................57
PS 2601 ...................57PS 611 .....................57
PS 612 .....................57
General Fittings (cont.)
PS 711 .....................57PS 928 .....................57
PS 609 .....................57PS 647 .....................56
PS 692 .....................56PS 2523 ...................56
PS 2532 ...................56
PS 3060 ...................56PS 613 .....................57
PS 679 .....................57PS 2648 ...................57
PS 687A, B
& C
.......58PS 710 .....................57
PS 2119 ...................57
PS 721 .....................58PS 929 .....................58
PS 978 .....................58PS 709 .....................58
PS 733 .....................58PS 678 .....................58
PS 677 .....................58
PS 734 .....................58PS 735 .....................58
PS 623 .....................58PS 993 .....................59
PS 922 R or L ..........59
PS 2117 R or L ........59
PS 2128 R or L ........60
PS 631 .....................59PS 644 .....................59
PS 645 .....................59PS 629 .....................59
PS 616, PS 646 .......59PS 804 .....................59
PS 704 .....................59
PS 1004 ...................59PS 2129 R
or L ........60PS 665 .....................60
PS 666 .....................60PS 667 .....................60
PS 943 .....................60PS 670 .....................61
PS 668 .....................60PS 821 .....................60
PS 913 .....................60PS 923 .....................60
PS 945 .....................60PS 669 .....................61
PS 2514 ...................60
PS 3013 & SQ
.........61PS 3025 &
FL ..........61PS 3033 &
SQ .........61
PS 3040 ...................61PS 2064 ...................61
PS 3064 ...................62PS 3029 ...................62
PS 3041 ...................61PS 2521 ...................62
PS 2522 ...................62PS 2528 1 ................62
PS 2528 ...................62PS 2524 ...................62
PS 2525 ...................62
PS 626 .....................63PS 661 T1 &
T2 .......63PS 808 T1 &
T2 .......63PS 651 .....................63
PS 809 .....................63PS 708 .....................63
PS 3164 ...................64
®
General Fittings (cont.)
PS 732 .....................63PS 838 R
or L ..........64PS 3282 ...................64
PS 825 R or L ............4
PS 826 .....................64PS 2404 thru
PS 2408 ...................64PS 2422 ...................64
PS 2421 ...................65PS 855 .....................65
PS 2651 ...................65PS 2657 ...................65
PS 2656 ...................65PS 685 .....................65
PS 686 .....................66
PS 2653 ...................66PS 907, PS 998 .......66
PS 916 .....................66PS 684 .....................66
PS 2622 ...................66PS 736 .....................66
PS 2623 ...................67
PS 3201 ...................67PS 2624 ...................65
PS 871 .....................67PS 858 .....................67
PS 865 .....................67PS 2654 &
A ............68
PS 2626 ...................68
PS 135X ...................67PS 85 .......................67
PS 95 .......................68PS 86 .......................68
PS 93 .......................68PS 94 .......................68
Pipe &
Conduit C
lamps
PS 1000 ...................70PS 1100 Series .......70
PS 1300 ...................70PS 1200 ...................71
PS 3138 ...................72PS 3126 ...................72
PS 1450 ...................72
PS 3792 ...................75PS 67 .......................70
PS 69 .......................71PS 137 .....................71
PS 51 .......................72PS 004T ...................74
PS UB
......................76
PS 004M ..................75
PS 270 .....................72PS 52E .....................75
PS MU
.....................76PS TP ......................73
PS CT ......................73
PS 1901 ...................77
PS 815 .....................77PS 1911 ...................77
PS 816 .....................77PS 1902 ...................78
PS PP ......................78
Electrical
Solid R
aceway .................80
Knock-O
ut R
aceway .................80
Application
Example .............81-83
PS 655 Series .........84PS 2511,
PS 2581 ...................84PS 2560,
PS 2561 ...................84PS 2640 ...................84
PS 803 .....................84PS 2625 ...................84
PS 707 .....................84PS 707 &
P ..............84PS 2632 ...................85
PS 2632D ................85
PS 2631 ...................85
PS 2631D ................85
PS 3301 ...................85PS 807 .....................85
PS 2636 ...................86PS 2637 ...................86
PS 702 .....................86PS 703 .....................86
PS 702 D .................86
PS 703 D .................86
PS 659 .....................86PS 658 .....................86
PS 2621 ...................87PS 2639 ...................87
PS 2662 ...................87
PS 2660 ...................87 PS 2661 ...................87
PS 2094 ...................87PS 649 Series .........88
PS 760 .....................88PS 671 .....................88
PS 2800 ...................88
PS 2802 ...................88PS 2801 ...................88
PS 2803 ...................88PS 2700 ...................88
PS 791 .....................89PS 2627 ...................89
PS 1510 ...................89
PS 1500 ...................89PS 722 .....................90
PS 1610 ...................90PS 1801 ...................89
Concrete Inserts
PS 349 .....................92PS 449 .....................93
PS 656, PS 901 .....................93
PS 653 .....................92PS 654 .....................92
PS 1154 ...................94PS 6151 ...................93
PS 285 .....................94PS 285 N
.................94PS 152 .....................94
PS 680 .....................94PS 3700 ...................94
®
Junior Channel
PS 600J ...................96PS 700J ...................97
PS 3017 ...................96PS 4017 ...................96
PS 2013 ...................97PS 2014 ...................97
PS 2015 ...................97
PS 2016 ...................97PS 2033 ...................97
PS 2034 ...................97PS 2008 ...................98
PS 2017 ...................98PS 2018 ...................98
PS 2025 ...................98
PS 2037 ...................98PS 2019 ...................98
PS 2024 ...................98PS 2023 R
or L ........98PS 2010 ...................98
PS 2026 ...................98PS 2011 ...................98
PS 2029 ...................96PS 2041 ...................98
Pow
er-Angle
®
PA 158 ...................100
PA 238 ...................100
PA 318 ...................100
PA 1SC
, PA 1R
C ...100
PA 1G
P ..................100PA
1SNB
...............100PA
1RP ..................100
Fiberglass Aickinstrut
®
20P-2000, 20V-2000 &
20E-2000 ............11120P-2200, 20V-2200
& 20E-2200 ............111
20P-2300, 20V-2300 &
20E-2300 ............11120P-2100,
20V-2100 ...............11120P-1500,
20V-1500 ...............11120P-1700,
20V-1700 ...............11120P-1800,
20V-1800 ...............111
20P-1600, 20V-1600 ...............111
20P-1000, 20V-1000, 20E-1000 ...............111
20P-1200, 20V-1200, 20E-1200 ...............111
20P-1300, 20V-1300, 20E-1300 ...............111
20P-1100, 20V-1100 ...............111
20P-2000-SST, 20V-2000-SST .......111
20P-2200-SST, 20V-2200-SST .......111
20P-2300-SST, 20V-2300-SST .......111
20P-2100-SST, 20V-2100-SST .......111
20P/V-2500, 20P/V-2800 ............114
20P/V-2502, 20P/V-2802 ............114
20P/V-2504, 20P/V-2804 ............114
20P/V-2506, 20P/V-2806 ............114
50PU-2616 .............114
Fiberglass Aickinstrut
® (cont.)
20P/V-2508, 20P/V-2808 ............114
20P/V-2510, 20P/V-2810R
, 20P/V-2810L, .........114
20P/V-2512, 20P/V-212 ..............114
20P/V-2514, 20P/V-2814 ............114
20P/V-2516, 20P/V-2816R
, 20P/V2816L ...........115
20P/V-2518, 20P/V-2818 ............115
20P/V-2520, 20P/V-2820 ............115
20P/V-2522, 20P/V-2822 ............115
20P/V-2524, 20P/V-2824 ............115
20P/V-2526, 20P/V-2826 ............115
20P/V-2528, 20P/V-2828 ............115
20P/V-2530, 20P/V-2830 ............115
20P/V-2534, 20P/V-2834 ............115
20P-2541, 20V-2541 ...............115
20P/V-2540, 20P/V-2840 ............115
50PU-2611 .............115
20P-2542, 20V-2542 ...............116
50PU-2611-SP .......116
50PU-2613 .............116
50PU-1508,
50PU-2008 .............116
50PU-2045 .............116
50PU-2090 .............116
50PU-2636, 50PU
-2636A
, 50PU-3636B
, 50PU
-2936 .............11650PU
-2538 .............116
20PU-5853, 20PU
-5854, 20PU
-5855, 20 PP-5853, 20PP-
5854, 20PP-5855 ...116
20PU-5903, 20PU
-5904, 20PU
-5905, 20PU
-5903, 20PP-5904, 20PP-5905 ...116
Adjustable Pipe
Clam
p ....................11750PU
-500SP................117
Rigid Pipe
Clam
ps ..................118Tw
o-Hole Pipe
Straps ....................118A
ickin-A-G
rip ........11920E-5000 ...............119
AIC
-EC ..................119
Nonm
etallic U
-Bolts ..................120
Hex Flange B
olts ..120
Hex B
olts ..............120Vinyl Ester Square
Head B
olts ............121H
ex Nuts ...............121
Hex Flange N
uts ...121Vinyl Ester Square
Head B
olts ............121Flat W
ashers ........121A
ll-Thread W
ashers ................121
Heavy D
uty C
hannel Nuts ........122
Standard Duty
Channel N
uts ........122Saddle C
lips .........122Stop-Lock
Assem
blies ...........122Fabricated B
eam
Clam
ps ..................122M
olded Clevis
Hanger ..................123
Hand Lay-U
p Clevis
Hangers ................123
®
Fiberglass Aickinstrut
® (cont.)
Molded B
eam
Clam
ps ..................123C
ope-Glas B
eam
Clam
ps ..................123B
eam C
lip .............123Threaded R
od .......124R
od Couplers .......124
Duraclam
p ............124C
hannel H
angers ................124
Power-R
ack Stanchions ...........125
Wall B
rackets .......125H
eavy Duty
Post Base .............126
Stands ...................126
Fiberglass Aickinshapes
®
Equal Leg Angle ...127
Channel .................127
I-Beam
...................127W
ide Flange I-B
eam ...................127
Flat Sheet ..............128Em
bedment A
ngle 128Square Tube .........128
Square Bar ............128
Rectangular Tube 128
Round R
od ...........128Flat Strip ...............129
Round Tube ..........129
Door Fram
e ...........129Threshold .............129
Hat Section ...........129
Flight Channel ......129
Toe Plate ...............130Square B
ar ............130Square Tube .........130
Fixed Connector ..130
Handrail
Connectors ...........130
Fiberglass Sealers, C
oatings & P
romotional M
aterial
Aickinzap ..............131
Aickincoat .............131
Distributor
Display ..................131
Distributor Literature
Display ..................131
Adj. Pipe C
lamp
Sample ..................131
Rigid Pipe C
lamp
Sample ..................131
Aickinstrut Sam
ple B
ox ........................131
Fiberglass AickinG
rate®
1" Molded
Grating ..................134
1" Molded
Grating ..................134
11⁄2" M
olded G
rating ..................1342" M
olded G
rating ..................134“I” B
ar Pultruded G
rating ...........136-137“T” B
ar Pultruded G
rating ...........138-139M
olded Stair Treads ..........141
Pultruded Stair Treads ..........141
Aickinplate ............142
Molded G
rating C
lip ........................143Pultruded G
rating C
lip ........................143M
olded Grating Floor
Pedestals ..............143
19
CH
AN
NEL
CH
AN
NEL1
9
Power-Stru
t cha
nn
el section
s are
pro
du
ced b
y mu
ltiple sets o
f form
ing
rolls w
hich
cold
-work
strip steel in
to th
e ch
an
nel co
nfi
gura
tion
. Th
is type o
f roll
form
ing p
rod
uces a
un
iform
cha
nn
el sectio
n h
eld to
the sp
ecifica
tion
s of M
FM
A-4
.
MATER
IALS
:Plain and painted green channels are form
ed from structural quality
strip steel which conform
s to the requirements of A
STM A
-1011 SS G
rade 33. Pre-galvanized channel conforms to the requirem
ents of A
STM A
-653 Grade 33.
STA
ND
AR
D LEN
GTH
S:
Stock lengths are 10 and 20 feet. Special lengths are available upon request.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
ES:
Standard Power-Strut channel is available in plain, painted green,
zinc dichromate or pre-galvanized finishes.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See page 8 - 9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
Type of Load
Safety Factor to Yield Strength
Safety Factor to Ultim
ate StrengthBeam
Loads1.67
2.0Colum
n Load1.80
2.2
®
PS
10
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.
See Pages 22-23
PS
15
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 27⁄16" x 12 ga.
See Pages 24-25
PS
20
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 12 ga.
See Pages 26-29
PS
50
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 14 ga.
See Pages 36-37
PS
52
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 12 ga.
See Pages 38-39
PS
56
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 16 ga.
See Pages 40-41
PS
40
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 1" x 12 ga.
See Pages 34-35
PS
30
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 13⁄8" x 12 ga.
See Pages 32 -33
PS
21
0 – 1
5⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.
See Pages 30-31
PS
60
0J
– 13⁄16" x 13⁄16" x 19 ga.
See Junior Channel Page 96
PS
70
0J
– 13⁄16" x 13⁄32" x 19 ga.
See Junior Channel Page 97
Channel NutSize-Thread
Allowable
Gauge ChannelPull-Out
Strength (Lbs.)Resistance
to Slip (Lbs.)TorqueFt.-Lbs.
3⁄4"-1012 Gauge
PS 100PS 150PS 200PS 300
2,5001,700
*1255⁄8"-11
2,5001,500
*1001⁄2"-13
2,0001,500
505⁄16"-14
1,4001,000
353⁄8"-16
1,000800
195⁄16"-18
800500
111⁄4"-20
600300
61⁄2"-13
12 Gauge
PS 400PS 520
1,5001,500
503⁄8"-16
1,000800
195⁄16"-18
800500
111⁄4"-20
600300
61⁄2"-13
14 Gauge
PS 210PS 500
1,4001,000
503⁄8"-16
1,000750
195⁄16"-18
800400
111⁄4"-20
600300
61⁄2"-13
16 Gauge
PS 560
1,0001,000
503⁄8"-16
1,000750
195⁄16"-18
800400
111⁄4"-20
600300
6
* May require 3⁄8" or 1⁄2 thick fitting.
Nut design loads include a minim
um safety factor of 3.
Note: Refer to the Channel Nut Selection Chart on page 44 for the part number
Maxim
um
Allow
able P
ull-O
ut a
nd S
lip Loa
ds
Channel
Channel w
ith Holes (H
)
Channel w
ith Elongated Holes (EH
)
Channel w
ith Slots (S)
Channel w
ith Holes on Three Sides (H
3)
Channel w
ith Slotted Back (SB
)
Channel w
ith Knockouts (K
O6) 1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
6"
7⁄8" Dia. K
nockouts
3"
1 5⁄8"
3⁄4"
41⁄2"
7⁄8" x 3 1⁄2" Slot
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
Available With These Select Channel Types:
PS 100
PS 150
PS 150 2T3
PS 200
PS 200 2T3
PS 210
PS 300
PS 300 2T3
PS 400
PS 500
PS 500 2T3
PS 520
PS 560
®
Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 305 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
10
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
10
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
10
0 S
- Channel w
ith SlotsP
S 1
00
K0
6 – C
hannel with K
nockouts
PS
10
0 - Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 3
1⁄4" x 12 ga.)
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 100
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
3050.897
1.0980.627
1.1070.433
0.5330.695
3 1⁄4"12 G
a.
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"7⁄8"
9⁄32"X
X
1.750"
1.500"
Y Y
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
1 5⁄8"
6"
7⁄8" Dia. K
nockouts
3"
PS
10
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 6
1⁄2" x 12 ga.)
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
6101.793
6.2261.916
1.8640.866
1.0660.695
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 100 2T3
6 1⁄2"12 G
a.
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"7⁄8"
9⁄32"3.250"
Y Y
XX3.250"
Channel
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.For Pierced Channels, reduce beam
load values as follows:
PS-100-EH 15%
PS-100-S
15%
PS-100-H 10%
PS-100-KO6
5%
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 100
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
245,260
0.035,260
5,2605,260
363,500
0.073,500
3,5003,500
482,630
0.122,630
2,6302,630
602,100
0.182,100
2,1001,920
721,750
0.261,750
1,7501,330
841,500
0.361,500
1,470980
961,310
0.471,310
1,120750
1081,170
0.591,170
890590
1201,050
0.73960
720480
144880
1.06670
500330
168750
1.43490
370240
192660
1.88370
280190
216580
2.35300
220150
240530
2.95240
180120
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 100
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face (lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
245,650
16,87015,180
12,85010,600
364,690
13,14010,600
7,6505,660
483,560
9,5506,860
4,7903,660
602,730
6,6804,790
3,4502,710
722,160
4,9803,660
2,7102,170
841,760
3,9502,960
2,2401,820
961,500
3,2702,500
1,9301,580
1081,310
2,8002,170
1,6901,390
1201,170
2,4501,930
1,510**
144980
1,9801,580
****
168850
1,6701,340
****
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
PS
10
0 &
PS
10
0 2
T3 - Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 100 2T3
* Load limited by spot w
eld shear. † Bearing load m
ay govern capacity.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
2410,670
39,23038,030
36,21034,240
3610,350
36,45034,240
31,20028,260
489,940
33,22030,200
26,43023,190
609,290
29,95026,430
22,47019,380
728,560
26,88023,190
19,38016,450
847,860
24,14020,520
17,04012,090
967,220
21,79018,370
13,3309,250
1086,600
19,79016,450
10,5307,310
1205,760
18,13013,330
8,530**
1444,390
14,0209,250
****
1683,420
10,3006,800
****
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
246,890 *
0.016,890 *
6,890 *6,890 *
366,890 *
0.026,890 *
6,890 *6,890 *
486,890 *
0.056,890 *
6,890 *6,890 *
606,420
0.106,420
6,4206,420
725,350
0.145,350
5,3505,350
844,590
0.194,590
4,5904,590
964,020
0.254,020
4,0204,020
1083,570
0.323,570
3,5703,360
1203,210
0.393,210
3,2102,720
1442,680
0.572,680
2,6801,890
1682,290
0.772,290
2,0801,390
1922,010
1.012,010
1,5901,060
2161,780
1.271,680
1,260840
2401,610
1.581,360
1,020680
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 100 2T3
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
6,500 Lbs.3,000 Lbs.
PS100 – Crush Loads
7,500 Lbs.
®
Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 247 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
15
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 2
7⁄16" x 12 ga.)
PS
15
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
15
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
15
0 S
- Channel w
ith SlotsP
S 1
50
K0
6 – C
hannel with K
nockouts
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
2470.726
0.5220.390
0.8480.334
0.4110.679
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 150
2 7⁄16"9⁄32"
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"7⁄8"
12 Ga.
XX
1.103"
1.336"
Y Y
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
1 5⁄8"
6"
7⁄8" Dia. K
nockouts
3"
PS
15
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 4
7⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
4941.452
2.8051.151
1.3900.669
0.8230.679
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 150 2T3
2.437"
2.437"
Y Y
XX
PS
15
0 2
T3 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
Weight: 494 lbs./100 ft.
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
4 7⁄8"
12 Ga.
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"7⁄8 "
9⁄32"
Channel
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 150
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
243,270
0.043,270
3,2703,270
362,180
0.092,180
2,1802,180
481,640
0.151,640
1,6401,420
601,310
0.241,310
1,310910
721,090
0.341,090
950630
84940
0.47930
700470
96820
0.61710
530360
108730
0.78560
420280
120650
0.95460
340230
144550
1.39320
240160
168470
1.89230
170120
192410
2.46180
13090
216360
3.07140
11070
240330
3.86110
9060
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 150
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot
Face (lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
244,640
13,84012,570
10,8409,190
363,970
11,0509,190
7,0305,370
483,180
8,4206,390
4,6203,630
602,550
6,2504,620
3,4502,780
722,120
4,7903,630
2,7802,260
841,810
3,8903,010
2,3301,910
961,580
3,2902,580
2,0201,650
1081,400
2,8602,260
1,7701,440
1201,270
2,5302,020
1,580**
1441,060
2,0701,650
****
168920
1,7501,380
****
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.For Pierced Channels, reduce beam
load values as follows:
PS-150-EH 15%
PS-150-S
15%
PS-150-H 10%
PS-150-KO6 5%
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
15
0 &
PS
15
0 2
T3 - Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200Colum
n loads are for allowable axial loads and m
ust be reduced for eccentric loading.
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
6,600 Lbs.3,100 Lbs.
PS150 – Crush Loads
7,600 Lbs.
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 150 2T3
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
245,220 *
0.015,220 *
5,220 *5,220 *
365,220 *
0.045,220 *
5,220 *5,220 *
484,820
0.084,820
4,8204,820
603,860
0.133,860
3,8603,860
723,220
0.193,220
3,2203,220
842,760
0.262,760
2,7602,500
962,410
0.342,410
2,4101,920
1082,140
0.422,140
2,1401,510
1201,930
0.521,930
1,8401,230
1441,610
0.761,610
1,280850
1681,380
1.031,250
940630
1921,210
1.35960
720480
2161,070
1.70760
570380
240960
2.09610
460310
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 150 2T3
UnbracedHeight
(in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
248,580
31,81030,880
29,52028,100
368,350
29,70028,100
26,00024,070
488,080
27,39025,330
22,91020,940
607,720
25,17022,910
20,51017,170
727,270
23,19020,940
17,17012,700
846,780
21,51018,740
13,4309,330
966,130
20,11015,630
10,2907,150
1085,450
17,75012,700
8,1305,650
1204,800
15,26010,290
6,590**
1443,760
10,8307,150
****
1682,970
7,9505,250
****
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.
** KL⁄r>200Colum
n loads are for allowable axial loads and m
ust be reduced for eccentric loading.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:PS-150 2T3-EH
15%
®
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 200
PS
20
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Weight: 185 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 186 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 189 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 173 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 175 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 185 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
20
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
20
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
20
0 H
3 - C
hannel with H
olesP
S 2
00
K0
6 – C
hannel with K
nockouts
PS
20
0 S
- Channel w
ith SlotsP
S 2
00
SB
– Channel w
ith Slotted Back
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1890.555
0.1850.202
0.5770.236
0.2900.651
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"
1 5⁄8"
7⁄8"9⁄32"12 G
a.
.915"
.710"
Y Y
XX
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
6"
7⁄8" Dia. K
nockouts
3"
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
1 5⁄8"
3⁄4"
41⁄2"
7⁄8" x 3 1⁄2" Slot
PS
20
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 3
1⁄4" x 12 ga.)
3 1⁄4"
9⁄32"
1 5⁄8"
3⁄8" 3⁄8"
7⁄8"
12 Ga.
Y Y
1.625"
XX1.625"
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
3781.111
0.9280.571
0.9140.471
0.5800.651
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 200 2T3
Channel
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
243,550
10,7409,890
8,7707,740
363,190
8,9107,740
6,3905,310
482,770
7,2606,010
4,6903,800
602,380
5,9104,690
3,6302,960
722,080
4,8403,800
2,9602,400
841,860
4,0403,200
2,4801,980
961,670
3,4802,750
2,1101,660
1081,510
3,0502,400
1,810**
1201,380
2,7002,110
****
1441,150
2,1801,660
****
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 200
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
241,690
0.061,690
1,6901,690
361,130
0.131,130
1,130900
48850
0.22850
760500
60680
0.35650
480320
72560
0.50450
340220
84480
0.68330
250160
96420
0.89250
190130
108380
1.14200
150100
120340
1.40160
12080
144280
2.00110
8060
168240
2.7280
6040
192210
3.5560
50NR
216190
4.5850
40NR
240170
5.6240
NRNR
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 200
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
20
0 &
PS
20
0 2
T3 – Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200Colum
n loads are for allowable axial loads and m
ust be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
NR - Not Recomm
endedThis load table is based on a solid channel section.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.For Pierced Channels, reduce beam
load values as follows:
PS-200-EH 15%
PS-200-S
15%
PS-200-H 10%
PS-200-KO6
5%
PS-200-SB 30%
For Extruded Alum
inum Channels, reduce beam
load values 38%.
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
6,700 Lbs.3,100 Lbs.
PS200 – Crush Loads
7,700 Lbs.
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
246,430
24,28023,610
22,70021,820
366,290
22,81021,820
20,65019,670
486,160
21,41020,300
18,67016,160
606,000
20,21018,670
15,52012,390
725,620
18,97016,160
12,3908,950
845,170
16,95013,630
9,4706,580
964,690
14,89011,190
7,2505,040
1084,170
12,8508,950
5,7303,980
1203,690
10,9007,250
4,640**
1442,930
7,6305,040
****
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
243,500 *
0.023,500 *
3,500 *3,500 *
363,190
0.073,190
3,1903,190
482,390
0.132,390
2,3902,390
601,910
0.201,910
1,9101,620
721,600
0.281,600
1,6001,130
841,370
0.391,370
1,240830
961,200
0.511,200
950630
1081,060
0.641,000
750500
120960
0.79810
610410
144800
1.14560
420280
168680
1.53410
310210
192600
2.02320
240160
216530
2.54250
190130
240480
3.16200
150100
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 200 2T3C
OLU
MN
LOA
DIN
G – PS 200 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply cor-
responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS 200 2T3 EH 15%
(See PS 200 2T3 EH on page28.)
®
PS
20
0 2
T4 – W
elded Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
PS
20
0 2
T5 – W
elded Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
PS
20
0 3
T6 – W
elded Steel Channel (3
1⁄4" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
PS
20
0 2
T2 – W
elded Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
1 5⁄8"
3 1⁄4"
Y Y
XX
1 5⁄8"
3 1⁄4"
Y Y
XX
1.677"
1.574"
.761".864"
1 5⁄8"
3 1⁄4"
Y Y
XX
.915".710"
3 1⁄4"
3 1⁄4"
12 Ga.
1.896
1.354
1.323"1.927"
XX
Y Y
Weight: 378 lbs./100 ft.
Allowable M
oment 18,640 In-Lbs
Weight: 378 lbs./100 ft.
Allowable M
oment 15,950 In-Lbs
Weight: 378 lbs./100 ft.
Allowable M
oment 18,640 In-Lbs
Weight: 566 lbs./100 ft.
Allowable M
oment 18,680 In-Lbs
PS
20
0 2
T3 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
Weight: 370 lbs./100 ft.
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
Channel
YY
X
.494"
1.236"
PS
20
0 P
LA – W
elded Steel Channel &
PlateP
S 2
00
PLC
– Welded Steel C
hannel & Plate
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
249,100 *
0.019,100 *
9,100 *9,100 *
369,100 *
0.059,100 *
9,100 *9,100 *
487,000
0.087,000
7,0007,000
605,600
0.135,600
5,6005,600
724,660
0.194,660
4,6604,660
844,000
0.264,000
4,0003,630
963,500
0.343,500
3,5002,780
1083,110
0.433,110
3,1102,200
1202,800
0.522,800
2,6701,780
1442,330
0.752,330
1,8501,230
1682,000
1.031,810
1,360910
1921,750
1.341,390
1,040690
2161,550
1.691,100
820550
2401,400
2.10890
670440
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 200 PLC
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
2411,420
36,80033,890
30,44027,600
3610,600
30,84027,600
24,40022,160
489,860
26,40023,560
21,06019,470
609,160
23,37021,060
19,16018,020
728,610
21,31019,470
18,02017,140
848,170
19,89018,410
17,26015,240
967,790
18,89017,670
16,76011,670
1087,460
18,16017,140
13,2809,220
1207,150
17,59016,760
10,7507,470
1445,660
16,84011,670
7,470**
1684,520
12,9908,570
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 200 PLC
Part No.W
eight (lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)PS 200 PLA
3330.739
0.2870.248
0.6230.617
0.2900.914
PS 200 PLC668
1.9654.068
1.6691.439
1.0921.190
0.745
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
1 3⁄16"1.730"
4"
4 7⁄8"
1 5⁄8"
1.834"
2.437"
Y Y
XX
PS
20
0 P
LC – Load D
ata
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear. † Bearing load m
ay govern capacity.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply cor-
responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading.
®
PS
21
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 14 ga.)
Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 141 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
21
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
21
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
21
0 S
- Channel w
ith SlotsP
S 2
10
K0
6 – C
hannel with K
nockouts
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 210
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1420.418
0.1450.162
0.5890.176
0.2170.650
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"
1 5⁄8"
7⁄8"9⁄32"
14 Ga.
.896"
.729"
Y Y
XX
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
1 5⁄8"
6"
7⁄8" Dia. K
nockouts
3"
PS
21
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 3
1⁄4" x 14 ga.)
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 210 2T3
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
2840.835
0.7330.451
0.9370.353
0.4340.650
3 1⁄4"
9⁄32"
1 5⁄8"3⁄8"
3⁄8"7⁄8"
14 Ga.
Y Y
1.625"
XX1.625"
Channel
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
241,350
0.061,350
1,3501,350
36900
0.13900
900700
48680
0.23680
590400
60540
0.36510
380250
72450
0.51350
260180
84390
0.70260
190130
96340
0.92200
150100
108300
1.15160
12080
120270
1.42130
9060
144230
2.0990
7040
168190
2.7560
5030
192170
3.6750
40NR
216150
4.6140
30NR
240140
5.9030
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 210
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
242,800
8,0407,330
6,3605,430
362,410
6,4805,430
4,1903,210
481,940
4,9903,830
2,7602,160
601,550
3,7402,760
2,0501,640
721,290
2,8602,160
1,6401,320
841,100
2,3101,780
1,3701,110
96950
1,9501,520
1,180950
108840
1,6901,320
1,030**
120760
1,4901,180
****
144630
1,210950
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 210
PS
21
0 &
PS
21
0 2
T3 – Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
NR - Not Recomm
ended
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-210-EH 15%
PS-210-S
15%
PS-210-H 10%
PS-210-KO6 5%
Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,400 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
3,500 Lbs.1,700 Lbs.
PS210 – Crush Loads
4,000 Lbs.
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
242,180 *
0.022,180 *
2,180 *2,180 *
362,180 *
0.062,180 *
2,180 *2,180 *
481,890
0.131,890
1,8901,890
601,510
0.201,510
1,5101,280
721,260
0.281,260
1,260890
841,080
0.391,080
980650
96950
0.51950
750500
108840
0.64790
590400
120760
0.79640
480320
144630
1.13440
330220
168540
1.54330
250160
192470
2.00250
190130
216420
2.55200
150100
240380
3.16160
12080
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 210 2T3
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
245,010
18,25017,700
16,88016,030
364,860
16,99016,030
14,77013,620
484,700
15,61014,380
12,93011,750
604,480
14,28012,930
11,4909,290
724,210
13,10011,750
9,2906,700
843,880
12,09010,220
7,0904,930
963,480
11,1708,390
5,4303,770
1083,060
9,6406,700
4,2902,980
1202,680
8,1705,430
3,480**
1442,090
5,7103,770
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 210 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply cor-responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading.
®
PS
30
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
3⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
30
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
30
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
30
0 S
- Channel w
ith Slots
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1700.500
0.1200.153
0.4890.203
0.2500.638
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 300
1 3⁄8"
9⁄32"
1 5⁄8"7⁄8"
3⁄8"3⁄8"
12 Ga.
.784"
YY
XX
.591"
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
PS
30
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 2
3⁄4" x 12 ga.)
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 300 2T3
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
3401.000
0.5910.430
0.7690.407
0.5010.638
2 3⁄4"
1 5⁄8"
12 Ga.
1.375"
1.375"
Y Y
XX
PS
30
0 2
T3 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
Weight: 340 lbs./100 ft.
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
Channel
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
241,280
0.071,280
1,2801,280
36850
0.15850
850580
48640
0.26640
490330
60510
0.41420
310210
72430
0.59290
220150
84370
0.81210
160110
96320
1.05160
12080
108280
1.30130
10060
120260
1.66100
8050
144210
2.3270
5040
168180
3.1550
4030
192160
4.1840
30NR
216140
5.21NR
NRNR
240130
6.64NR
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 300
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
243,180
9,6908,980
8,0507,210
362,920
8,1607,210
6,1305,240
482,590
6,8205,810
4,7303,860
602,300
5,7404,730
3,6902,990
722,040
4,8503,860
2,9902,270
841,830
4,1003,240
2,400**
961,650
3,5302,770
1,840**
1081,450
3,0802,270
****
1201,250
2,7101,840
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 300
PS
30
0 &
PS
30
0 2
T3 – Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
NR - Not Recomm
endedThis load table is based on a solid channel section.For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform
load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. Loads include w
eight of channel, which m
ust be deducted.Loads m
ust be multiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from
page 42.For Pierced Channels, reduce beam
load values as follows:
PS-300-EH 15%
PS-300-S
15%
PS-300-H 10%
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
6,700 Lbs.3,200 Lbs.
PS300 – Crush Loads
7,700 Lbs.
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
245,740
21,78021,200
20,43019,720
365,620
20,52019,720
18,83017,680
485,520
19,40018,570
16,57014,260
605,330
18,51016,570
13,67010,810
725,030
16,85014,260
10,8107,730
844,630
14,99011,930
8,1805,680
964,190
13,0909,720
6,2604,350
1083,720
11,2307,730
4,950**
1203,300
9,4606,260
4,010**
1442,620
6,5904,350
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 300 2T3
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
242,960 *
0.032,960 *
2,960 *2,960 *
362,400
0.082,400
2,4002,400
481,800
0.151,800
1,8001,610
601,440
0.231,440
1,4401,030
721,200
0.331,200
1,080720
841,030
0.461,030
790530
96900
0.59810
610400
108800
0.75640
480320
120720
0.93520
390260
144600
1.34360
270180
168510
1.81260
200130
192450
2.38200
150100
216400
3.01160
12080
240360
3.72130
100NR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 300 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply cor-responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-300 2T3 EH 15%
®
PS
40
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1" x 12 ga.)
Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
40
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
40
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
40
0 S
- Channel w
ith Slots
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1440.424
0.0530.092
0.3540.161
0.1980.616
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 400
1"
9⁄32"
1 5⁄8"3⁄8 "
3⁄8"7⁄8"
12 Ga.
XX
0.404"
0.596"
Y Y
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
PS
40
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 2" x 12 ga.)
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)288
0.8490.255
0.2550.548
0.3220.396
0.616
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 400 2T3
2" 9⁄32"
1 5⁄8" 3⁄8"
3⁄8" 7⁄8"
12 Ga.
XX
1" 1"
Y Y
Channel
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
24770
0.09770
770580
36510
0.20510
390260
48380
0.35290
220150
60310
0.56190
14090
72260
0.80130
10060
84220
1.0890
7050
96190
1.3970
5040
108170
1.7860
4030
120150
2.1550
3020
144130
3.2230
2020
168110
4.32NR
NRNR
192100
5.87NR
NRNR
21690
7.52NR
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 400
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
242,620
8,2807,760
7,1406,580
362,470
7,2106,580
5,3104,030
482,180
6,2004,870
3,2802,280
601,770
4,7603,280
2,100**
721,420
3,4502,280
****
841,150
2,5301,670
****
96**
1,940**
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 400
PS
40
0 &
PS
40
0 2
T3 – Load D
ata
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
NR - Not Recomm
ended
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-400-EH 15%
PS-400-S
15%
PS-400-H 10%
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
7,300 Lbs.3,400 Lbs.
PS400 – Crush Loads
8,400 Lbs.
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
242,140 *
0.052,140 *
2,140 *2,140 *
361,420
0.111,420
1,4201,240
481,070
0.201,070
1,040700
60850
0.32850
670450
72710
0.46620
460310
84610
0.63450
340230
96530
0.81350
260170
108470
1.03280
210140
120430
1.29220
170110
144360
1.86150
12080
168310
2.54110
9060
192270
3.3190
70NR
216240
4.1970
NRNR
240210
5.0360
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 400 2T3
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
244,720
18,31017,840
17,30016,760
364,640
17,36016,760
15,26013,610
484,470
16,28014,720
12,46010,170
604,230
14,59012,460
9,6106,980
723,930
12,75010,170
6,9804,840
843,520
10,8807,990
5,1303,560
963,070
9,0506,130
3,920**
1082,690
7,3404,840
3,100**
1202,360
5,9403,920
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 400 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply cor-responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading.
®
PS 5
00
– Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 14 ga.)
Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 500
Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
980.290
0.0260.054
0.2980.107
0.1320.609
PS
50
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
50
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
50
0 S
- Channel w
ith Slots
7⁄8"
13⁄16"
1 5⁄8"
3⁄8"3⁄8"
1⁄4"
14 Ga.
.333"
.480"
Y Y
XX
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
PS
50
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 14 ga.)
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 500 2T3
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1970.579
0.1170.143
0.4490.214
0.2640.608
1 5⁄8"
7⁄8"1 5⁄8"
3⁄8"3⁄8"
1⁄4"
14 Ga.
.812"
.812"
Y Y
XX
PS
50
0 2
T3 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
Weight: 174 lbs./100 ft.
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
Channel
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
24450
0.11450
420280
36300
0.24250
190130
48230
0.44140
11070
60180
0.6790
7050
72150
0.9660
5030
84130
1.3250
3020
96110
1.6740
3020
108100
2.1630
2010
12090
2.6720
2010
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
241,840
5,6105,210
4,5703,850
361,640
4,6603,850
2,8001,960
481,310
3,4902,480
1,5901,100
601,000
2,4001,590
****
72770
1,6701,100
****
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 500C
OLU
MN
LOA
DIN
G – PS 500
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-500-EH 15%
PS-500-S
15%
PS-500-H 10%
Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,400 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
3,500 Lbs.1,800 Lbs.
PS500 – Crush Loads
4,100 Lbs.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Unbraced Height
Max
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
Max. Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65K = 0.80
K =1.0K = 1.2
243,240
12,37011,950
11,37010,540
363,120
11,47010,540
9,1607,720
482,940
10,0908,680
6,7704,980
602,680
8,5606,770
4,5903,190
722,310
7,0104,980
3,1902,220
841,950
5,5303,660
2,340**
961,650
4,2502,800
****
1081,410
3,3602,220
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 500 2T3
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
241,090 *
0.061,090 *
1,090 *1,090 *
36800
0.14800
800570
48600
0.25600
480320
60480
0.39410
310200
72400
0.57280
210140
84340
0.76210
160100
96300
1.00160
12080
108270
1.29130
9060
120240
1.57100
8050
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 500 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply cor-responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-500 2T3 EH 15%
PS 5
00
& P
S 5
00
2T3
– Load Data
®
PS
52
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 12 ga.)
Weight: 120 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 120 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 118 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
52
0 H
- Channel w
ith Holes
PS
52
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
oles
PS
52
0 S
- Channel w
ith Slots
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1310.384
0.0310.064
0.2830.138
0.1700.599
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 520
7⁄8"
13⁄16"
1 5⁄8"
3⁄8" 3⁄8"
9⁄32"
12 Ga.
.321"
.492"
Y Y
XX
1 5⁄8"
13⁄16"1 7⁄8"(typ.) 9⁄16" D
ia. Holes
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
PS
52
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
2620.770
0.1460.180
0.4360.277
0.3400.599
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 520 2T3
1 5⁄8"
7⁄8"1 5⁄8"
3⁄8"3⁄8"
9⁄32"
12 Ga.
.812"
.812"
Y Y
XX
Channel
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-520-EH 15%
PS-520-H
10%
PS-520-S 15%
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
24540
0.11540
510340
36360
0.24300
220150
48270
0.43170
13080
60220
0.68110
8050
72180
0.9670
6040
84150
1.2760
4030
96130
1.6540
3020
108120
2.1630
2020
120110
2.7230
20NR
14490
3.8420
NRNR
16880
5.43NR
NRNR
19270
7.09NR
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 520
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
242,250
7,4806,800
5,8204,810
361,980
5,9504,810
3,3802,350
481,580
4,3102,970
1,900**
601,210
2,8801,900
****
72**
2,000**
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 520
Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
7,300 Lbs.3,400 Lbs.
PS520 – Crush Loads
8,400 Lbs.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
241,510
0.061,510
1,5101,510
361,010
0.141,010
1,010710
48760
0.25760
600400
60610
0.40510
380260
72500
0.56360
270180
84430
0.77260
200130
96380
1.01200
150100
108340
1.29160
12080
120300
1.56130
10060
144250
2.2590
7040
168220
3.1470
50NR
192190
4.0550
NRNR
216170
5.16NR
NRNR
240150
6.24NR
NRNR
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 520 2T3
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
244,140
16,49015,980
14,97013,810
363,980
15,10013,810
11,9109,940
483,730
13,19011,260
8,6506,270
603,390
11,0908,650
5,7804,010
722,950
8,9706,270
4,0102,790
842,510
6,9804,610
2,950**
962,130
5,3403,530
****
1081,820
4,2202,790
****
120**
3,420**
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 520 2T3
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
PS
52
0 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 12 ga.)
®
PS 5
60
– Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 16 ga.)
Weight: 79 lbs./100 ft.
Weight: 79 lbs./100 ft.
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
PS
56
0 E
H – C
hannel with Elongated H
olesP
S 5
60
S - C
hannel with Slots
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 560
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
830.244
0.0230.049
0.3060.092
0.1130.613
13⁄16"
1 5⁄8"3⁄8 "
3⁄8"7⁄8"1⁄4"
16 Ga.
.343"2
1
.470"
15⁄8"
5⁄8"2"
9⁄16" x 11⁄8" D
ia. Holes
1 5⁄8"
1⁄2"4"
13⁄32" x 3" Slot
PS
56
0 2
T3 – Steel C
hannel (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 16 ga.)
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area of Section (Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
Mom
ent of Inertia
(Inch4)
Section M
odulus (Inch
3)
Radius of Gyration
(Inch)
1660.478
0.1040.128
0.4620.183
0.2250.613
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
– PS 560 2T3
1 5⁄8"
7⁄8"1 5⁄8"
3⁄8"3⁄8"
9⁄32"
16 Ga.
.812"
.812"
Y Y
XX
Channel
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
24410
0.11410
370250
36270
0.24220
170110
48200
0.43120
9060
60160
0.6780
6040
72140
1.0160
4030
84120
1.3840
3020
96100
1.7230
2020
10890
2.2020
2010
12080
2.6820
1010
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 560
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
241,630
4,6704,290
3,7803,310
361,450
3,8403,310
2,4601,730
481,160
3,0302,190
1,400970
60870
2,1201,400
900**
72670
1,470970
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 560
Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
3,000 Lbs.2,600 Lbs.
1,200 Lbs.
PS560 – Crush Loads
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follow
s:
PS-520-EH 15%
PS-520-S
15%
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized O
rder By: No., Length and Finish
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lb)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
24810 *
0.05810 *
810 *810 *
36710
0.14710
710500
48540
0.25540
430280
60430
0.40360
270180
72360
0.57250
190130
84310
0.78190
14090
96270
1.02140
11070
108240
1.29110
8060
120210
1.5490
7050
144180
2.2960
5030
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 560 2T3
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
242,830
10,39010,000
9,4708,960
362,740
9,5308,960
7,8706,700
482,590
8,6207,480
5,9104,440
602,340
7,3805,910
4,0902,840
722,020
6,1104,440
2,8401,970
841,700
4,8803,260
2,090**
961,440
3,7802,500
****
1081,230
2,9901,970
****
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 560 2T3
*Load limited by spot w
eld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply cor-responding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
Loads include weight of channel, w
hich must be deducted.
Loads must be m
ultiplied by the applicable unbraced factor from page 42.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.
PS 5
60
– Steel Channel (1
5⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 16 ga.)
®
PS
61
53
- Strut Safety End Cap
PS
61
52
– Decorative End C
ap
(For OSHA Req'd End of Hand Rail)
PS
90
50
– Green Touch-up
Spray Paint
Finish: Electro-galvanized Use W
ith: PS-200, PS-210
Part No.Use W
ithW
t./100 pcs.
PS-6153-1PS-100, PS200 2T3
5.0
PS-6153-2PS-200,PS-210
2.8
PS-6153-3PS-300
2.5
PS-6153-5PS-500, PS-520,
PS5602.0
Weight: 10 lbs./100 pcs.
Weight: 253 lbs./100 boxes
Aerosol can may be subject
to shipping restrictions
Material: Red Colored PVC
Lateral Bracing FactorsSpan
Single ChannelFt.
InPS 100
PS 150PS 200
PS 210PS 300
PS 400PS 500
PS 520PS 560
224
0.980.99
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.003
360.85
0.890.94
0.890.96
1.000.98
1.000.94
448
0.700.77
0.880.78
0.910.98
0.941.00
0.885
600.55
0.670.82
0.680.88
0.960.91
1.000.83
672
0.440.58
0.780.59
0.840.94
0.890.98
0.797
840.38
0.510.75
0.520.82
0.920.86
0.970.75
896
0.330.46
0.710.47
0.790.91
0.840.96
0.729
1080.30
0.420.69
0.430.77
0.890.82
0.950.69
10120
0.280.40
0.660.40
0.750.87
0.800.93
0.6612
1440.24
0.360.61
0.360.70
0.840.76
0.910.60
14168
0.220.32
0.550.32
0.660.81
0.730.89
0.5516
1920.21
0.300.51
0.300.62
0.780.69
0.860.50
18216
0.190.28
0.470.28
0.580.75
0.650.84
0.4720
2400.18
0.260.44
0.260.54
0.720.61
0.810.43
Latera
l Bra
cing Loa
d R
eduction
Charts
Lateral Bracing FactorsSpan
Double ChannelFt.
InPS 100 2T3
PS 150 2T3PS 200 2T3
PS 210 2T3PS 300 2T3
PS 400 2T3PS 500 2T3
PS 520 2T3PS 560 2T3
224
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.003
361.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
1.001.00
448
0.970.98
1.000.98
1.001.00
1.001.00
0.985
600.90
0.930.97
0.930.98
1.000.96
1.000.93
672
0.830.87
0.930.87
0.950.97
0.920.97
0.887
840.76
0.810.89
0.820.92
0.950.89
0.950.83
896
0.680.76
0.850.76
0.880.92
0.850.92
0.799
1080.61
0.700.81
0.700.85
0.900.81
0.900.74
10120
0.540.64
0.780.65
0.820.87
0.780.87
0.6912
1440.43
0.530.70
0.540.76
0.820.71
0.830.60
14168
0.350.45
0.630.45
0.700.77
0.640.78
0.5116
1920.30
0.390.56
0.390.64
0.720.57
0.730.44
18216
0.270.34
0.490.34
0.580.67
0.500.68
0.3920
2400.24
0.300.44
0.310.52
0.620.45
0.630.35
FASTEN
ERS
FASTEN
ERS4
3
Power-Stru
t Cla
mpin
g Nu
ts are co
ld
form
ed, w
ith tw
o gro
oves, each
with
six sh
arp
teeth a
nd th
en ca
se ha
rden
ed.
Th
ese sha
rp h
ard
ened
teeth b
ite into
th
e intu
rned
edges o
f the Pow
er-Strut
cha
nn
el form
ing a
stron
g vise-like co
nn
ection
giving grea
ter strength
an
d
resistan
ce to slip
pa
ge.
MATER
IAL:
Channel clam
ping nuts meet A
STM A
576 GR1015M
, and are case hardened. H
ex head bolts meet SA
E J429 GR 2. Square and hex nuts
meet A
STM A
563 GR A
.
SCR
EW TH
REA
DS D
ATA
: A
ll Power-Strut nuts and bolts are m
anufactured to meet the U
nified Screw
Threads standard, AN
SI B1.1, Coarse Series U
NC
, class 2. C
ontinuous Threaded Rod: Meets A
STM A
-510.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: A
ll fasteners have an electro-galvanized finish.
REC
OM
MEN
DED
BO
LT TOR
QU
E:
Bolt Size1⁄4"–20
5⁄16"–183⁄8"–16
1⁄2"–135⁄8"–11
3⁄4"–10
Rec. Torque Ft/Lbs
611
1950
100125
Max. Torque
Ft/Lbs7
1525
70125
135
®
PS LS
PS SS
PS RS
PS NS
PS NS S
PS 517
PS TG
PS 3281
PS 3500
PS M
L
PS KW
PS 100 1
5⁄8 x 31⁄4 x 12 ga.
PS 150 1
5⁄8 x 27⁄16 x 12 ga.
PS 200 1
5⁄8 x 15⁄8 x 12 ga.
PS 210 1
5⁄8 x 15⁄8 x 14 ga.
PS 300 1
5⁄8 x 13⁄8 x 12 ga.
PS 400 1
5⁄8 x 1 x 12 ga.
PS 500 1
5⁄8 x 13⁄16 x 14 ga.
*
PS 520 1
5⁄8 x 13⁄16 x 12 ga.
*
PS 560 1
5⁄8 x 13⁄16 x 16 ga.
*Indicates N
uts To Be U
sed With T
he Channel
3⁄8" or smaller
Channel N
ut Selection C
hart
Channel
Nuts*
Fasteners
PS
60
24
– Hex H
ead Cap Screw
PS
60
72
– Round H
ead Machine Screw
PS
61
08
– Square Nut
PS
60
75
– Slotted Hex H
ead Machine Screw
PS
83
– Hexagon N
ut
PS
20
9 – Flat W
asher
PS
61
12
- Oversize Square N
ut
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4 x 3⁄4"1.5
1⁄4 x 1"1.8
1⁄4 x 11⁄4"
2.11⁄4 x 1
1⁄2"2.4
3⁄8 x 3⁄4"3.6
3⁄8 x 1"4.2
3⁄8 x 11⁄4"
4.93⁄8 x 1
1⁄2"5.6
3⁄8 x 2"7.2
1⁄2 x 3⁄4"8.1
1⁄2 x 1"9.2
1⁄2 x 11⁄4"
10.41⁄2 x 1
1⁄2"11.6
1⁄2 x 13⁄4"
13.01⁄2 x 2"
14.4
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4 x 3⁄4"1.7
5⁄16 x 1"2.6
5⁄16 x 11⁄4"
3.0
5⁄16 x 11⁄2"
3.4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4"
5.3
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4 x 3⁄4"1.3
1⁄4 x 1"1.6
1⁄4 x 11⁄4"
1.9
3⁄8 x 1"4.4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4"
5.0
3⁄8 x 11⁄2"
5.6
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"0.7
3⁄8"1.6
1⁄2"3.8
5⁄8"7.3
3⁄4"11.9
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4".9
5⁄16"1.6
3⁄8"2.6
1⁄2"5.8
Size Pcs.
OutsideDiam
eterW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"3⁄4"
0.7
3⁄81"
1.5
1⁄2"1
3⁄8"3.9
5⁄8"1
3⁄4"7.7
3⁄4"2"
11
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"-2013
3⁄8"-1614
1⁄2"-1314
5⁄8"-1112
3⁄4"-1611
7⁄8"-1110
11⁄4" Finish: Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
PS
60
64
– Square Head C
one Point Set Screw
Hanger rod stiffener assembly for 3⁄8" thru 5⁄8" threaded rod.
SizeW
t./100 pcs
3⁄8 x 11⁄2"
4.5
3⁄8 x 2"6.1
1⁄2 x 11⁄2"
8.5
1⁄2 x 2"11.4
®
PS
23
0 – Fender W
asherP
S 2
11
– Lock Washer
PS
14
6 – C
ontinuous Thread Rod
PS
13
5 – R
od Coupling
PS
51
7 – C
hannel Nut w
ith Stud
Size W
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"3.3
3⁄8"3.0
1⁄2"2.8
SizeW
t./ 100 pcs
1⁄4"0.3
3⁄8"0.7
1⁄2"1.5
Load Information: See the technical data section, page 158
Rod Size
Max Load lbs.
Wt./ 100 pcs.
1⁄4"240
23⁄8"
6109
1⁄2"1,130
105⁄8"
1,81018
3⁄4"2,710
28
Use With: PS 200, PS 210 and
PS 300 channel.
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4" x 1"8.1
1⁄4" x 11⁄4"
8.31⁄4" x 1
1⁄2"8.6
1⁄4" x 2"9.1
3⁄8" x 1"13.0
3⁄8" x 11⁄4"
14.03⁄8" x 1
1⁄2"14.0
3⁄8" x 2"15.0
1⁄2" x 1"15.0
1⁄2" x 11⁄4"
16.01⁄2" x 1
1⁄2"17.0
1⁄2" x 2"19.0
Rod Size
Wt./100 pcs.
6'Lengths
10'Lengths
12'Lengths
1⁄4"73
121146
3⁄8"175
292350
1⁄2"319
531638
5⁄8"504
8401,008
3⁄4"740
1,2341,480
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
PS
23
1 – Slot A
dapter
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"1.0
3⁄8"1.5
Finish: Plain or Electro-galvanized
Standard Length: 6' or 10'; Other lengths available
Low Carbon Steel
Fy = 32,000 psi minim
um
Ft = 52,000 psi minim
um
PS
32
81
– Double C
onveyor Adjusting N
ut
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
3⁄8"16
17.5
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" channel.
Fasteners
PS
LS – C
lamping N
ut with Long Spring
PS
RS
– Clam
ping Nut w
ith Long Spring
PS
SS
– Clam
ping Nut w
ith Short Spring
PS
NS
– Clam
ping Nut w
ithout Spring
PS
NS
S – Shallow
Clam
ping Nut w
ithout Spring
Use With: PS 100 and PS 150 Channel.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"20
7.53⁄8"
1610.2
1⁄2"13
12.35⁄8"
1115.8
3⁄4"10
14.1
Use With: PS 400, PS 500, PS 520, and PS 560 channel.
*PS SS 1⁄2" and PS SS 5⁄8" nuts have 3⁄8" body thickness.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
#8-3232
7.0
#10-2424
7.0
#10-3232
7.01⁄4"
206.9
5⁄16"18
6.73⁄8"
169.6
1⁄2"13*
8.85⁄8"
11*11.5
3⁄4"10*
10.0
Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200, PS 210 and PS 300 channel.
*Can be used with PS 400, PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560 channel.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
#8-3232*
8.0
#10-326.6
#10-2424*
6.71⁄4"
20*6.6
5⁄16"18*
6.43⁄8"
16*9.3
1⁄2"13
11.4
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
5⁄8"11
15.23⁄4"
1013.0
7⁄8"9
14.0
Use With: PS 200, PS 210 and PS 300 Channel.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
5⁄8"11
15.53⁄4"
1013.8
7⁄8"9
14.3
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
#8-3232
7.0
#10-2424
7.2
#10-3232
7.21⁄4"
207.1
5⁄16"18
7.03⁄8"
169.9
1⁄2"13
11.9
Use With: PS 500, PS 520, and PS 560 channel.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"13
6.9
5⁄8"11
9.7
3⁄4"10
8.4
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
PS
ML
– Missing Link M
ulti-Purpose Strut Fastener
Use With: Any slotted channel.
SizeThreads
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"13
6.9
5⁄8"11
9.7
3⁄4"10
8.4
PS
TG – Top G
rip™ N
utPart No.Size
ThreadsW
t./100 pcs
PSTG 1⁄4 1⁄4"
207
PSTG 3⁄83⁄8"
1610
PSTG 1⁄2*1⁄2"
138
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" Channel.
*PS TG 1⁄2" nut has a 3⁄8" body thickness
®
PS
20
2 – Eyelet
PS
20
5 – Eyelet w
ith Stud
PS
20
4 – Linked Eyelets
PS
20
3 – Linked Eyelet w
ith Stud
Rod Size
AStock Dia.
Max. Load
lbs.W
t.100 pcs
3⁄8"1
3⁄4"3⁄8"
61015
1⁄2"18
Rod Size
AStock Dia.
Max. Load
lbs.W
t./100 pcs
3⁄8"1
7⁄16"3⁄8"
61023
1⁄2"1
3⁄8"32
Thread Size
AStock Dia.
Max. Load
lbs.W
t./100 pcs
3⁄8"1
13⁄16"3⁄8"
61016
1⁄2"1
3⁄4"20
Rod Size
AStock Dia.
Max. Load
lbs.W
t./100 pcs
3⁄8"1
7⁄16"3⁄8"
61027
1⁄2"1
3⁄8"45
A
A
1"
A A
1" A A
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
PS
35
00
3⁄8" - 5⁄8" – Seismic R
od Stiffener
Part No.W
t./100 pcs
PS 3500 3⁄8"–5⁄8"
16
PS
KW
– Kw
ik Washer™
1
2
SizeLoad Lbs
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"250
1.2
3⁄8"610
2.6
1⁄2"1,130
9.3Use W
ith: Any channel.
PS 3500
THR
EADED
RO
D
PS 200 RO
D
STIFFENER
PS 3500 HAN
GER
RO
D
For 3⁄8" thru 5⁄8" Rods
STIFFENER
ASSEMBLY
FITTING
SFITTIN
GS4
9
Power–Stru
t ha
s a w
ide va
riety of fi
ttings to
meet a
ll of yo
ur
applica
tion
requ
iremen
ts
MATER
IAL:
All Pow
er-Strut fittings are formed in punch press dies from
mild, pickled
and oiled, bar or strip steel. Plain or electro-galvanized fittings meet the
requirements for A
STM A
575 and A-576, or A
STM A
-36.
STA
ND
AR
D D
IMEN
SIO
NS:
Standard dimensions on all fittings are as follow
s except where otherw
ise indicated:
Fitting Thickness:
1⁄4"
Fitting Width:
15⁄8"
H
ole Diam
eter: 9⁄16"
H
ole Spacing: 1
7⁄8" on centers and 13⁄16" from ends.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: A
ll Power-Strut fittings are available in painted green or
electro-galvanized finish.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
SET S
CR
EW TO
RQ
UE:
BO
LT SIZE1⁄4"-20
5⁄16"-183⁄8"-16
1⁄2"-135⁄8"-11
3⁄4"-10
Set Screw
Torque In/Lbs
4060
125250
400665
No
te: Cau
tion
sho
uld
be taken
no
t to o
vertigh
ten th
e set screw
®
PS
88
8 – Four-H
ole Splice Plate
PS
88
9 – Five-H
ole Splice PlateP
S 7
18
– Flat Angle Plate
PS
71
9 – Flat A
ngle Plate
PS
60
1 – Tw
o-Hole Splice Plate
PS
61
9 – Square W
asher
PS
25
04
– Guided Square W
asherP
S 6
02
– Three-Hole Splice Plate
PS
61
8 – Tw
o-Hole Sw
ivel PlateP
S 6
17
– Three-Hole Sw
ivel Plate
Rod Size
Hole Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"11⁄32"
183⁄8"
7⁄16"18
1⁄2"9⁄16"
175⁄8"
11⁄16"16
3⁄4"13⁄16"
15Note: Indicate rod size w
hen ordering. For exam
ple, PS 619 1⁄2.
Rod Size
Hole Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"11⁄32"
183⁄8"
7⁄16"18
1⁄2"9⁄16"
17
Note: Indicate rod size when ordering.
For example, PS 2504 1⁄2.
Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 50 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 94 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.
15⁄8"1
5⁄8"
31⁄2"
53⁄8"
51⁄4"
35⁄8"
71⁄8"
35⁄8"
71⁄4"
91⁄8"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
PS
62
0 – Tw
o-Hole C
onnecting PlateP
S 6
21
– Four-Hole C
onnecting Plate
Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 73 lbs.
PS
74
4 – Flat C
orner Connector
PS
71
4 – Tee Plate
PS
71
2 – C
ross Plate
Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
15⁄8"
31⁄4"
31⁄2"
31⁄4"
15⁄8"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
5 3⁄8"
5 3⁄8"3
1⁄2"
31⁄2"
PS
75
0 – Four-H
ole Corner
Connector
PS
21
90
– Flat Corner C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 150 lbs.
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
PS
92
5 – Three-H
ole Joint C
onnectorWeight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
PS
74
7 – Sym
metrical Four-H
ole C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
PS
21
12
– Cross C
onnectorP
S 8
54
– Flat Connector
PS
82
2 – D
ouble 45° Connector
Weight/100 pcs: 148 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 240 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 112 lbs.
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
91⁄8"
41⁄2"2
7⁄8"
15⁄8"
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
PS
92
1 – O
ne-Hole A
ngleP
S 6
03
– Two-H
ole End Angle
Part No.
LW
t./100 pcs
PS 921 A3
7⁄8"61
PS 921 B5
7⁄8"84
PS 921 C7
7⁄8"107
PS 921 D9
7⁄8"130
PS
25
20
– Slotted 90˚ Angle
PS
80
6 – Self-A
ligning Two-H
ole A
ngle
PS
60
4 – Tw
o-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
21
44
– Corner A
ngleP
S 7
63
– Slotted Adjustm
ent Angle
PS
76
4 – Slotted A
djustment A
ngle
Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
AW
t./100 pcs
3"49
31⁄2"
54
4"61
Weight/100 pcs: 65 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 85 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 40 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 42 lbs.
L
17⁄8"
17⁄8"
2"1
5⁄8"
21⁄4"
17⁄8"
A2
1⁄2" 2
1⁄2" 47⁄8"
17⁄8"
21⁄2"
41⁄2" 6
7⁄8"
17⁄8"
21⁄8"
21⁄8"
25⁄8"
2"
15⁄16"
11⁄2"
21⁄4" 3
1⁄2"
PS
60
5 – Three-H
ole Corner A
ngleP
S 2
54
5 – Slotted 90˚ A
ngle
Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
25⁄8"
1 5⁄8"
15⁄16"
11⁄2"
Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
41⁄8"
17⁄16"
15⁄8"
PS
60
6 – Three-H
ole Corner A
ngleP
S 7
45
– Three-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
60
7 – Four-H
ole Corner A
ngle
PS
30
49
– Two-H
ole Slotted 90˚ A
ngle
Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 66 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.
37⁄8"
17⁄8"
37⁄8"
11⁄2"
15⁄16"
25⁄8"
41⁄8" 3
1⁄2"
17⁄16"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
2"
PS
71
6 R
OR L
– Angle Tee Plate
PS
72
0 R
OR L
– Angle Plate
Connector
PS
61
5 – Five-H
ole Joint Angle
Connector
PS
61
4 – Four-H
ole Joint Angle
Connector
PS
33
73
– Universal C
orner C
onnectorP
S 6
60
– Four-Hole C
orner Angle
Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 134 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 103 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 135 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
37⁄8" 3
13⁄16"
11⁄2"
13⁄16"4"
7⁄8"
19⁄16"
4"
31⁄2"
21⁄4"
31⁄2"
41⁄8"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
31⁄4"
15⁄8"
17⁄8"
2"
PS
71
3 – C
ross Plate Angle
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
2"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
PS
71
5 – Tee Plate 90˚ A
ngle
Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs. 2"
47⁄8"
15⁄8"
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
41⁄8"
17⁄16"
15⁄8"
31⁄2"
41⁄8"
15⁄8"1
7⁄16"
53⁄8"
PS
92
7 – Five-H
ole Corner
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 154 lbs.
PS
68
9A
, PS
68
9B
– D
ouble-Slotted Corner C
onnector
Part No.
A B
Wt./100 pcs
PS 689 A6
5⁄8"4"
190PS 689 B
85⁄8"
6"242
17⁄8"
33⁄4"
A1
1⁄2"B
PS
75
2 R
OR L
– Four-Hole C
orner C
onnectorWeight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
PS
62
2 – Four-H
ole Corner
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
15⁄8"
31⁄4"
15⁄8"
21⁄4"
PS
20
07
R O
R L – Six-H
ole Corner
Connector
Weight/100 pcs: 160 lbs.
13⁄16"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
17⁄16" 4
1⁄8"
PS
33
26
R O
R L – Six-H
ole G
ussetted Corner C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 230 lbs.
13⁄16"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
17⁄16" 4
1⁄8"
Continuous
Weld
PS
74
6 – Three-H
ole Corner Joint
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 70 lbs. 31⁄2"
21⁄4"
15⁄8"
PS
74
8 – Four-H
ole Corner Joint
Connector
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
15⁄8"
41⁄8"
31⁄2"
PS
62
4 – Tw
o-Hole C
losed Angle
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
"B"In.
"A"Angle
3"37
1⁄2°
31⁄8"
45°
31⁄16"
521⁄2°
31⁄8"
60°
31⁄8"
671⁄2°
33⁄16"
75°
33⁄16"
821⁄2°
B
21⁄2"
A
PS
21
13
– Slotted Corner
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 97 lbs.
21⁄2"
1⁄2"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
21⁄4"
1⁄2"
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
PS
92
6 – Strut B
race
17⁄8"
17⁄8"
A
A Size
Wt./100 pcs
12"160
18"218
24"280
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
A
B
31⁄2"
PS
63
3 – Tw
o-Hole O
pen Angle
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
"A" Degree
"B" In.
"C" In.
821⁄2°
39⁄16"
111⁄16"
75°3
9⁄16"
671⁄2°
31⁄2"
13⁄4"
60°3
3⁄8"1
7⁄8"
521⁄2°
31⁄4"
21⁄16"
45°3"
25⁄16"
371⁄2°
211⁄16"
25⁄8"
30°3
1⁄4"
21⁄16"
221⁄2°
35⁄16"
15°3
5⁄16"
71⁄2°
35⁄16"
11⁄16"
11⁄16"
A
B
C
PS
78
1 – Four-H
ole Open A
ngle C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.
"A"Angle
"B"In.
71⁄2°
33⁄4"
15°
221⁄2°
30°
311⁄16"
371⁄2°
45°
521⁄2°
60°
671⁄2°
35⁄8"
75°
821⁄2°
PS
79
3 – Four-H
ole Closed A
ngle C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 100 lbs.
"A" Angle
"B" In.
371⁄2°
47⁄8"
45°-4
15⁄16"52
1⁄2°
60°5"
671⁄2°
51⁄16"
75°
821⁄2°
PS
94
00
– Adjustable B
race
Weight/100 pcs: 307 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 307 lbs.
PS
94
01
– Double A
djustable Brace
A
B
43⁄8"
53⁄8"
33⁄4"
13⁄16"1
1⁄16"
57⁄8"
17⁄8"
13⁄16"
13⁄16"30
17⁄8"
PS
20
54
– Corner C
onnector
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
17⁄8"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
17⁄8"
Weight/100 pcs: 66 lbs.
PS
81
0 – D
iagonal Tube Brace
Part No.
A Size
Wt./100 pcs
PS 810 363'–0"
205
PS 810 423'–6"
237
PS 810 484'–0"
270
Note: 30° to 60° angle betw
een the brace and channel is recom
mended for m
aximum
effect.
Material: 1" dia. electric w
elded tubing
Stock Thickness: (.075) 14 ga.
A
1"
13⁄16"
15⁄8"
117⁄32"
17⁄32" Dia. H
ole
57⁄8" 1
7⁄8"
13⁄16"
13⁄16"
13⁄16" 4"
11⁄16"
23⁄8"
30
17⁄8"
6" B P
S 9
40
2 – Tw
o-Hole H
inge C
onnector
"B" Bolt Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"108
5⁄8"107
3⁄4"106
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
93⁄4"
1⁄2" Bolt S
ize
A
15⁄8"
45A
PS
94
04
– Four-Hole H
inge C
onnector
Part No.
Wt./100 pcs
PS 9404- 1⁄2"126
PS
94
03
– Three-Hole H
inge Connector
"B" Bolt Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"108
5⁄8"107
3⁄4"106
Hinge Connect or Auto-Alignment Guides -
The unique edges of the two hinges have been
designed to provide an alignment guide for 0°, 45° and 90° as show
n in the draw
ings below.
This eliminates the need for m
easuring gages.
77⁄8"
B
Alignm
ent
45
Alignm
ent
90
Alignm
ent
Alignm
ent
PS
81
2 – 45˚ D
iagonal Tube Brace
Material: 1" dia. electric w
elded tubing
Stock Thickness: (.075) 14 ga.
A Size
Wt./100 pcs
12"88
18"116
24"149
30"181
36"214
13⁄16"
15⁄8"
117⁄32"
17⁄32"1"
Dia H
ole
PS
64
7 – 1
7⁄8" Offset Zee C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
PS
25
32
– Shelf Attachm
ent Zee
PS
69
2 – 1
5⁄8" Offset Zee C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 102 lbs.
Weight/10 0 pcs: 9 lbs.
Stock Thickness: 1⁄8"
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
37⁄8"
31⁄2"
21⁄2"
17⁄8" 13⁄16"
9⁄32" Hole
1⁄8" Thick
PS
30
60
– Offset C
onnector
A W
t./100 pcs
4"81
5"92
6"104
7"115
8"127
Design Load:
Tension = 300 lbs.
Conp. = 1,500 lbs.
PS
25
23
– Offset A
djustable Zee C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
21⁄2"
37⁄8"
31⁄2"
11⁄16"
Use With: PS 500, PS 520, &
PS 560
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
PS
75
6 – Zee Support
PS
26
01
– Zee Support
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
Use With: PS 150
Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
31⁄4"
17⁄8"
27⁄16"
11⁄16"
33⁄4"
PS
61
1 – Zee Support
PS
71
1 – Zee Support
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
Use With: PS 300
Weight/100 pcs: 53 lbs.
11⁄16"
21⁄8" 1
5⁄8"
13⁄8"
11⁄16"
33⁄4"
PS
60
9 – Tw
o-Hole O
ffset Plate C
onnector
PS
61
2 – Zee Support
PS
92
8 – Zee Support
Use With: PS 400
Weight/100 pcs: 47 lbs.
Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560
Weight/100 pcs: 47 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
1"
31⁄2"
13⁄16"1
1⁄16"
33⁄4"
Offset1⁄4"
3 "32
15
Splice
PS
67
9 – "U
" SupportP
S 2
64
8 – "U
" Support
PS
61
3 – "U
" Support
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 108 lbs.
Use With: PS 150
Weight/100 pcs: 88 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
31⁄4"
121⁄32"
53⁄8"
27⁄16"
121⁄32" 5
3⁄8"
PS
150
15⁄8"
121⁄32"
53⁄8"
PS
21
19
– "U" Support
PS
71
0 – "U
" Support
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 95 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 84 lbs.
Use With: PS 300
53⁄8"1
7⁄8"1
21⁄32"5
3⁄8"13⁄8"
121⁄32"
Weight/100 pcs: 128 lbs.
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
39⁄32"7"
31⁄2"
17⁄8"
17⁄8"
47⁄8"
PS
97
8 – "U
" SupportP
S 7
21
– "U" Support
PS
92
9 – "U
" Support
PS
68
7A
, PS
68
7B
& P
S 6
87
C – Slotted "U
" Support
Order No.
‘A’ Length
‘B’ Length
Wt./100 pcs
PS 687A7
1⁄4"4
1⁄8"105
PS 687B8
1⁄2"5
3⁄8"120
PS 687C10
3⁄8"7
1⁄4"130
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs.
Use With: PS 400
Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560
Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs.
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
15⁄8"
B 11⁄2"
A
513⁄16"
121⁄32"
1"
53⁄8"
13⁄16 "1
21⁄32"
7"
39⁄32"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
PS
67
8 – Three-H
ole "U" Support
PS
67
7 – C
up Support for Standard Single Strut
PS
73
3 – Six-Hole "U" Support
PS
73
4 – Eight-H
ole "U" Support
PS
70
9 – Three-H
ole Offset Plate
Connection
PS
73
5 – Eight-H
ole "U" Support
Weight/100 pcs: 76 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.
Use With: PS 150 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 171 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 209 lbs.
Use With: PS 200 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 257 lbs.
Use With: PS 200 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
41⁄32"
17⁄8"
15⁄64"
53⁄8"
121⁄32"
31⁄2"
17⁄8"
31⁄2"
53⁄8"
31⁄2"
121⁄32"
55⁄16"
1⁄4" Offset
1⁄4" Plate
Weight/100 pcs: 265 lbs.
PS
62
3 – Saddle W
asher
Bolt Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"14
3⁄8"1⁄2"
135⁄8"3⁄4"
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
PS
63
1 – Tw
o-Hole Splice C
levisP
S 6
44
– Two-H
ole Splice Clevis
Weight/100 pcs: 128 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Weight/100 pcs: 85 lbs.
Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560
31⁄2"
31⁄2 "
PS
64
5 – Three-H
ole Splice Clevis
PS
62
9 – Three-H
ole Splice Clevis
Weight/100 pcs: 130 lbs.
Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560
Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.
Use With: PS 200 and PS 210
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
PS
61
6, P
S 6
46
– Four-Hole Splice C
levis
Part No.
AFor
Use With
Wt./100 pcs
PS 6161
9⁄16"PS 200, PS 210
265
PS 6461
3⁄16"PS 500, PS 560
176
PS 616-1003
3⁄16"PS 100
390
PS 616-1502
3⁄8"PS 150
390
71⁄4"
A
8"
PS
80
4 – Slotted Joiner
PS
10
04
– Slotted Joiner
Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.
Stock Thickness: (.105)
Use With:
PS 400S, PS 500S, PS 520S and PS 560S
Note: Order PS 6072 screws &
PS 6108 nuts separately.
Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.
Stock Thickness: (.105)
Use With: PS 200S, PS 210S
Note: Order PS 6072 screws &
PS 6108 nuts separately.
Weight/100 pcs: 140 lbs.
Stock Thickness: (.105)
Use With: PS 150S
Note: Order PS 6072 screws &
PS 6108 nuts separately.
8"8"
PS
70
4 – Slotted Joiner
1 5⁄8"
1 11⁄16"
1 7⁄8"
A
17⁄8"
PS
92
2 R
OR L
– Two-H
ole Corner
Connector
PS
99
3 – Inside Clevis Hanger
PS
21
17
R O
R L – W
rap-Around
Corner C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
A Size
Wt./100 pcs
4"78
5"89
6"101
7"112
8"124
Weight/100 pcs: 60 lbs.
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
2"
15⁄8"
17⁄8"
121⁄32"
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
95⁄32"
15⁄8"
37⁄8"
33⁄4"
121⁄32"
PS
66
6 – Six-H
ole Double C
orner C
onnectorP
S 6
67
– Eight-Hole D
ouble Corner
Connector
PS
94
3 – Eight-H
ole Gussetted
Double C
orner Connector
PS
21
28
R O
R L – Four-H
ole C
orner Connector
PS
21
29
R O
R L – Single C
orner G
ussetted Connector
PS
66
5 – Four-H
ole Double C
orner C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 119 lbs.
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Weight/100 pcs: 176 lbs.
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) Right Hand Illustrated
Weight/100 pcs: 76 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 115 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 155 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 217 lbs.
31⁄2"
33⁄4"
37⁄8"
33⁄4"
2"
17⁄8"
37⁄8"
17⁄8"
37⁄8"
33⁄4"
37⁄8"
33⁄4"
PS
92
3 – Five-H
ole Double W
ing C
onnectorWeight/100 pcs: 93 lbs. 2"
17⁄8"
15⁄8"
121⁄32"
513⁄32"
PS
82
1 – Eight-H
ole Double W
ing C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 150 lbs.
37⁄8"
17⁄8"
15⁄8"
513⁄32"
121⁄32"
PS
91
3 – Ten-H
ole Double W
ing C
onnectorP
S 9
45
– Ten-Hole G
ussetted D
ouble Wing C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 193 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 274 lbs.
15⁄8"
37⁄8"
95⁄32"
33⁄4"
121⁄32"
PS
66
8 – Six-H
ole Triple Wing
ConnectorW
eight/100 pcs: 113 lbs. 2"
17⁄8"
15⁄8"
513⁄32"
121⁄32"
PS
25
14
– Eight-Hole G
ussetted D
ouble Corner C
onnector
Weight/100 pcs: 315 lbs.
33⁄4"
53⁄8"
33⁄4"
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
PS
67
0 – N
ine-Hole Triple W
ing C
onnectorWeight/100 pcs: 177 lbs.
17⁄8 "
37⁄8"
15⁄8"
513⁄32"
121⁄32"
PS
66
9 – Tw
elve-Hole Triple W
ing C
onnectorWeight/100 pcs: 230 lbs.
15⁄8"
95⁄32"
37⁄8"
33⁄4"
121⁄32"
PS
30
13
, PS
30
13
SQ
– Post Base
Weight/100 pcs: 307 lbs.
(PS 3013 SQ)(PS 3013)
15⁄8"
6"
3"3"
6"3"
3"
6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
6"
3"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
3"
3"
3"6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
PS
30
25
, PS
30
25
FL – Post B
ase
Weight/100 pcs: 358 lbs.
(PS 3025)(PS 30 25 FL)
31⁄2"
6"
4"
2"
1"1"
2"
1"1"
PS
30
33
, PS
30
33
SQ
– Post Base
Weight/100 pcs: 373 lbs.
(PS 3033 SQ)(PS 3033)
31⁄2"
6"
3"3"
6"3"
3"
6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
6"
3"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
7⁄8"
3"
3"
3"6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
111⁄16"
115⁄16"
31⁄8"
PS
30
40
– Post Base
Weight/100 pcs: 297 lbs.
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
5" 5"
5⁄8" 5⁄8"
31⁄2"
4 Holes
7⁄16" Dia.
PS
30
41
– Double-C
olumn
Post Base
PS
20
64
– Double-C
olumn
Post Base W
eight/100 pcs: 116 lbs
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, and PS 210 2T3.
Weight/100 pcs: 311 lbs.
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T2, PS 200 2T3,
PS 200 2T4 and PS 200 2T5
31⁄2"
7" 4"
2"
3⁄4"
3⁄4"
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
®
1" 1"
1"
9⁄32" Dia. H
ole
9⁄16"x 9⁄32" Slots
31⁄8"
11⁄4"
3⁄4"
9⁄32" Dia. H
ole
31⁄2"
13⁄16"15⁄16"
15⁄16"
13⁄16"
3 Holes
9⁄16" Dia.
PS
30
29
– Double-C
olumn Post B
ase
PS
30
64
– Double-C
olumn Post B
ase
PS
25
21
– Two-W
heel TrolleyPS 2
52
2 – Four-W
heel Trolley
Weight/100 pcs: 325 lbs.
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3,
PS 210 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 408 lbs.
Use With: PS 100,
PS 200 2T2, PS 200 2T3, PS 200 2T4 and PS 200 2T5
Weight/100 pcs: 46 lbs.
Material: Carbon Steel W
heels have stainless steel ball bearings
Finish:
Use With: PS 200
Load Rating: 300 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 110 lbs.
Material:
Carbon Steel Wheels have stainless
steel ball bearings
Finish:
Use With: PS 200
Load Rating: 600 lbs.
31⁄2"
6"
3"3"
6"3" 3"
6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
11⁄4"
5⁄8"
5⁄8" Hole
9⁄16" Dia.
115⁄16"
15⁄16"
9⁄32" 13⁄16"
13⁄16"
313⁄32"
1⁄4"
15⁄8"
6"
3"3"
6"3" 3"
6"
4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
PS
25
28
– Trolley Beam
Standard Support
Use With:
PS 200, PS 210
Load Rating: 600 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 102 lbs.
33⁄4"
15⁄8"
2 Holes
7⁄16" Dia.
1 Hole
9⁄16" Dia.
1"
PS 2
528 1
– Trolley Beam Heavy Sup-
port and Track Joiner
Weight/100 pcs: 220 lbs.
Use With:
PS 200, PS 210
Load Rating: 2,500 lbs.
33⁄4"
31⁄2" 1"
2 Holes
7⁄16" Dia.
1 Hole
9⁄16" Dia.
PS
25
24
– Two-B
earing Light Duty
Trolley
Weight/100 pcs: 21 lbs.
Load Rating: 50 lbs.
7⁄16"
121⁄32"
3⁄16"9⁄32"
13⁄16"
11⁄4"
PS
25
25
– Four-Bearing Light D
uty Trolley
Load Rating: 100 lbs.
13⁄16"
123⁄32" 1
1⁄4"
1⁄4"7⁄16"
9⁄32"
Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
FPMRPM
Design Load In PS 200 Lbs
180600
15090
300225
30100
437
FPMRPM
Design Load In PS 200 Lbs
180600
30090
300450
30100
600
6"
6"
7⁄8"7⁄ 8"
3"
3"3"
3" 4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
(PS 3029 SQ)(PS 3029)
6"
6"
7⁄8"7⁄8"
3"
3"3"
3" 4 Holes
3⁄4" Dia.
(PS 3064 SQ)(PS 3064)
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
PS
70
8 – Single C
hannel Bracket
Support
PS
80
9 – D
ouble Channel B
racket
PS
62
6 – Pipe Stop
PS
66
1 T1
, PS
66
1 T2
– Wrap-A
round Channel B
racket
PS
80
8 T1
, PS
80
8 T2
– Interlocking Channel B
racketP
S 6
51
– Reversible C
hannel B
racket
Weight/100 pcs: 40 lbs.
Note: For use with 2" to 8" Pipe
SizeUniform
Load*
Wt./100 pcs
6"1,600
191
12"800
292
18"600
436
24"450
536
*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel
Note: PS 661 T1 (Slot up) illustrated PS 661 T2 (Slot dow
n) not shown
(PS 808 T1 - Slot Up)(PS 808 T2 - Slot Dow
n)
A Size
Uniform
Load*W
t./100 pcs
6"1,200
161
12"600
261
18"400
361
24"300
461
*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel
A Size
Uniform
Load*W
t./100 pcs
6"1,200
185
12"600
293
18"400
401
24"300
509
*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel
A Size
Uniform
Load*W
t./100 pcs
12"2,000
502
18"1,300
692
24"1,000
882
30"800
1,072
36"650
1,262
*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel
Use With: PS 200,
PS 210,
PS 500 2T3
Design Mom
ent on Upright Channel:
16 ga. channel 3,200 in.-lbs.,
14 ga. channel 4,400 in.-lbs.
12 ga. channel 5,100 in.-lbs.
Note: M
oment is for fitting only.
Channel may determ
ine overall capacity.
Weight/100 pcs: 235 lbs.
Hole S
ize 7⁄16"
3"
1"
Clam
p Requires bolt and
channel nut sold seperately.18" or 24"
31⁄2"
13⁄16"
1⁄4"
6" or 12"
33⁄4"
1⁄4"
A
2"
33⁄4"
1⁄4"
A 2"
45⁄8"
31⁄4"
3⁄8"
A
2"
11⁄16"
11⁄16"
3⁄8"
13⁄16"
61⁄4"
A
2"
43⁄4"
57⁄8" 3"
11⁄16"
PS
73
2 – Shelf B
racket
SizeA
B# of
HolesUniform
Load*
Wt./100 pcs
8"8
1⁄2"4"
2800
168
10"10
1⁄2" 3
202
12"12
1⁄2"
6"
4900
258
14"14
1⁄2" 4
292
16"16
1⁄2" 4
1,200381
18"18
1⁄2" 4
416
20"20
1⁄2" 4
1,000461
*Mounted on 12 ga. channel
A1 3⁄16"
1 3⁄16"
1 5⁄8"# of H
oles
B
Support brace on
18" and 20" only.
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
®
PS
31
64
– Double C
hannel Bracket
SupportWeight/100 pcs: 273 lbs.
PS
32
82
– Cable Tray Strut B
racketP
S 8
38
R or L
– Shelf Bracket
PS
82
5 R
or L – Single Pipe A
xle Support
PS
82
6 – D
ouble Pipe Axle Support
Use With: PS 200 2T3,
PS 210 2T3
Design Mom
ent on Upright Channel:
16 ga. channel 6,500 in.-lbs.
14 ga. channel 9,100 in.-lbs.
12 ga. channel 13,000 in.-lbs.
Note: M
oment is for fitting only.
Channel may determ
ine overall capacity.
Stock Thickness: .105
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) w
hen ordering. Right Hand Illustrated
Uniform Load Rating:
275 Lbs. when m
ounted on 12 ga. channel.
A Size
Stamped
Ident. No.B
Wt./100 pcs
6"121892
115⁄16"
58
8"121893
27⁄16"
83
10"121894
215⁄16"
114
12"121895
37⁄16"
49
14"121896
315⁄16"
174
16"121897
47⁄16"
225
18"121898
415⁄16"
255
20"121899
57⁄16"
295
22"121900
515⁄16"
361
24"121901
67⁄16"
396
26"121902
615⁄16"
456
28"121903
77⁄16"
479
30"121904
715⁄16"
544
AB
Uniform
Load*W
t./100 pcs
12"
83⁄4"
1,900388
18"1,000
506
24"763
30"11
1⁄4"900
1,012
36"800
1,083
*Mounted on 12 ga. channel.
Note: PS 400 channel w
elded to 1⁄4
Right Hand Illustrated
Load Rating: 2,000 lbs.
Note: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) w
hen ordering.
Weight/100 pcs.: 220 lbs.
Load Rating: 4,000 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs.: 310 lbs.
43⁄4"
71⁄2" 4
5⁄8"
11⁄16"
B
A
PS
400
Support brace on
24", 30" and 36" only.
53⁄8"
3"
75⁄8"
3"
3"
PS
24
04
thru PS
24
08
– Wall Ladder B
racketP
S 2
42
2 – 37
1⁄2° Degree Stair
Tread Support
Weight/100 pcs: 213 lbs.
Part No.
AB
Wt./100 pcs
PS 24042
3⁄8"6"
113
PS 24054
3⁄8"8"
164
PS 24066
3⁄8"10"
216
PS 24078
3⁄8"12"
267
PS 240810
3⁄8"14"
318
B
13⁄16"
2"
A
13⁄16"1
1⁄16"3
1⁄2"3
1⁄2"13⁄16"
87⁄8"
33⁄4" 37
1⁄2
17⁄8"
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No., Size and Finish
Fittings
PS
24
21
– 45° Degree Stair
Tread Support
Weight/100 pcs: 220 lbs.
45
33⁄4" 1
7⁄8"
11⁄16"
31⁄2"
31⁄2"
13⁄16" 87⁄8"
PS
26
56
– U B
olt Beam
Clam
p With H
ookP
S 2
65
7 – D
ouble U B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 280 lbs.
Specify 6" or 12" max. flange w
idth
T1 Use with:
PS 200, PS 210, PS 300,
PS 400, PS 500, PS 520
T2 Use with:
PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3
T3 Use with:
PS 150 2T3, PS 100 2T3
Specify 6" or 12" max. flange w
idth
T1 Use with:
PS 200, PS 210, PS 300,
PS 400, PS 500, PS 520
T2 Use with:
PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3
T3 Use with:
PS 150 2T3, PS 100 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 143 lbs.
A
3"
33⁄8"
1⁄4" T
hick
3"
33⁄8"
1⁄4" T
hick
APart No.
"A" Beam
Flange W
idthPS 2657 T1-6
4" - 6"PS 2657 T1-9
6" - 9"PS 2657 T1-12
9" - 12"PS 2657 T1-15
12" - 15"PS 2657 T1-18
15" - 18"PS 2657 T2-6
4" - 6"PS 2657 T2-9
6" - 9"PS 2657 T2-12
9" - 12"PS 2657 T2-15
12" - 15"PS 2657 T2-18
15" - 18"PS 2657 T3-6
4" - 6"PS 2657 T3-9
6" - 9"PS 2657 T3-12
9" - 12"PS 2657 T3-15
12" - 15"PS 2657 T3-18
15" - 18"
Part No.
"A" Beam
Flange W
idthPS 2656 T1-6
4" - 6"PS 2656 T1-9
6" - 9"PS 2656 T1-12
9" - 12"PS 2656 T1-15
12" - 15"PS 2656 T1-18
15" - 18"PS 2656 T2-6
4" - 6"PS 2656 T2-9
6" - 9"PS 2656 T2-12
9" - 12"PS 2656 T2-15
12" - 15"PS 2656 T2-18
15" - 18"PS 2656 T3-6
4" - 6"PS 2656 T3-9
6" - 9"PS 2656 T3-12
9" - 12"PS 2656 T3-15
12" - 15"PS 2656 T3-18
15" - 18"
PS
85
5 – A
ngular “I” Beam
Clam
p
Part No.
Use W
ithA
Load Rating
Wt./100 pcs.
PS 855–1PS 200, PS 210
31⁄2"
500107
PS 855–2PS 500
98
13⁄4"
7⁄8"
1⁄4" 3
1⁄2"
1⁄2" - 13 X 1
1⁄2" S
et Screw
Included
A
Use in pairs only
PS
26
51
– Beam
Clam
p
Part No.
Use With
ALoad
RatingW
t./100 pcs.
PS 2651 T1PS 200, PS 210PS 300, PS 400PS 500, PS 520
33⁄8"
1,000
83
PS 2651 T2PS 100, PS 150
PS 200 2T35"
92
PS 2651 T3PS 150 2T3PS 100 2T3
8 1⁄4"112
1⁄4"
3"
7⁄8"
3⁄8" Hex N
uts and "U
" Bolt Included
A
Use in pairs only
PS
68
5 – B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 63 lbs.
31⁄4"
1"
3⁄8"
1⁄2" - 13 X 1
1⁄2" S
et Screw
Included C
lamp R
equires 1⁄2" x 15⁄16" H
ex Head C
ap Screw
and 1⁄2" C
hannel N
ut Not Included.
Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"
Load Rating: 450 lbs.
Use in pairs only
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No. and Finish N
ote: Use in pairs or w
ith other support
®
3⁄8"
7⁄8"
15⁄8"
11⁄4"
1⁄2" - 13 X 1
1⁄2" S
et Screw
Included
2 Holes 9⁄16" D
ia.
PS
68
6 – B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 26 lbs.
17⁄8"
1⁄4"
1⁄2"
Clam
p Requires
1⁄2" - 13 X 1
1⁄2" H
ex Head C
ap Screw
and 1⁄2" C
hannel N
ut Not Included.
Load Rating: 600 lbs. w
ith 12 ga. channel 500 lbs. w
ith 14 ga. channel
B
A1
1⁄4"
PS
26
53
– Purlin Clam
p
PS
90
7, P
S 9
98
– “I” Beam
Clam
p
Part No.
Use With
Load Rating
Wt./100 pcs.
PS 2653 T1PS 200, PS 210,
PS 300
1,200
175
PS 2653 T2PS 100, PS 150,
PS 200 2T3179
PS 2653 T3PS 100 2T3
179
Part No.
Stock Thickness
Set Screw
Load Rating
lbs.
Wt./100 pcs.
PS 9071⁄4"
3⁄8450
26
PS 9983⁄8"
1⁄21,000
64
3"
1 1⁄4"
5 1⁄8"
1 1⁄4"
PS
91
6 – “I” B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 72 lbs.
2"
2"
11⁄4"
Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"
Load Rating: 900 lbs.
Design loads are per pair of clam
ps
PS
68
4 – “I” B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 94 lbs.
Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"
Load Rating: 500 lbs.
PS
26
22
– Beam
Clam
p
Assembly including PS 736 also
available.
Order PS 2622/J6 or PS 2622/J10
Load Rating: 300 lbs.
Note: Adaptable for 1⁄4", 3⁄8" &
1⁄2" rod with
PS 3201.
2 Holes 17⁄32" D
ia.
3"
2 Holes 13⁄32" D
ia.
2" 1
1⁄16"
3⁄4"
PS
73
6 – H
ook Rod A
ssembly
Part No.
Flange Width
A Size
Wt./100 pcs
Max
Min
PS 736 J67"
3"8
5⁄8"24
PS 736 J1011"
7"12
5⁄8"33
3⁄4"
3⁄8" Dia.
A
Weight/100 pcs: 41 lbs.
PS
26
24
– Wood B
eam H
anger
Weight/100 pcs: 22 lbs.
Rod S
ize up to 1⁄2"
Rod S
wivel 15
All D
irections
PS
2624
PS
2623
Load rating is based on 2 clamps
Use in pairs only
Use in pairs only
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No. and Finish N
ote: Use in pairs or w
ith other support
Fittings
1⁄2"
A
17⁄32" Hole
13⁄8"
PS
26
23
– Swivel A
daptor
PS
32
01
– Swivel N
ut
PS
87
1 – Safety A
nchor Strap
Weight/100 pcs: 31 lbs.
Rod Size
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"4
3⁄8"4
1⁄2"3
Use With:
PS 2622 Beam Clam
p
"A" Length
Wt./100 pcs
9"33
12"45
15"57
Use with:
PS 858,
PS 865
(Cannot be used with 5⁄8" rod
size beam clam
ps and larger)
Rod S
izeup to 1⁄2"R
od Sw
ivel 15A
ll Directions
PS
2622
PS
85
8 – H
eavy Duty B
eam C
lamp
PS
86
5 – W
ide Throat Heavy D
uty Beam
Clam
p
Part No.
"A" Rod Size
BC
DLoad
Ratings lbs.
Wt./100 pcs
PS 858 1⁄41⁄4" - 20
1⁄8"3⁄8" x 1
1⁄27⁄8"
65067
PS 858 5⁄165⁄16" - 18
67PS 858 3⁄8
3⁄8" - 163⁄16"
1⁄2" x 11⁄2
15⁄16"1,100
100PS 858 1⁄2
1⁄2" - 131⁄4"
1,600130
PS 858 5⁄85⁄8" - 11
5⁄16"5⁄8" x 1
1⁄21
5⁄16"2,400
160PS 858 3⁄4
3⁄4" - 10160
Part No.
Rod Size
BC
DE
Load Ratings
lbs.
Wt./100 pcs
PS 865 3⁄83⁄8"
3⁄16"1⁄2"
111⁄16"
29⁄32"1,100
151PS 865 1⁄2
1⁄2"1⁄4"
15⁄16"1,600
195PS 865 5⁄8
5⁄8"5⁄16"
5⁄8"1
5⁄16"2,400
225
Set S
crewS
ize CIncluded
Weld
7⁄8"2
1⁄2"
21⁄2"
Tapped Hole
Size A
B
D
B 35⁄8"
31⁄4"
Set S
crewS
ize C Included
Tapped Hole
Size A
D
E
Weld
For beam
s between 3⁄4" (19) to 1
5⁄8" (41) thick flanges.
Weld is not continuous it is either 1
1⁄4" - 13⁄4" long or
2 spot welds. A
ll welds are on the top and bottom
.
For beam
s under 7⁄8" thick flange.W
eld is not continuous it is either 1
1⁄4" - 13⁄4" long or 2 spot w
elds. A
ll welds are on the top and bottom
.
PS
13
5X
– Light Duty B
eam C
lamp
Weight/100 pcs: 14 lbs.
Material: Steel
Use With: 1⁄4" rod
Load Rating: 75 lbs.
PS
26
26
– Beam
Clam
p
Finish: Plain, painted green or electro-galvanized
Load Rating: 500 lbs.
Part No.
"A" Range
Wt./100 pcs
PS 2626 62
1⁄2 - 6"125
PS 2626 95
1⁄2 - 9"140
PS 2626 128
1⁄2 - 12"171
Clam
p Requires
1⁄2" Diam
eter Rod and
2 Hex N
uts Sold S
eperate
A
Use With:
PS 2622 Beam Clam
p or PS 2624 W
ood Beam Hanger
Load Rating: 300 lbs.
PS
85
– Rod or Insulator Support
Rod Size
A B
Load Ratings
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"1
1⁄8"1
1⁄4"150
233⁄8"
2"2"
35095
1⁄2"2
5⁄8"2
1⁄4"400
195
Flange Thickness: 7⁄8" Maxim
um
Material: M
alleable Iron
B
A
Finish: Painted Green, or Electro-galvanized O
rder By: No. and Finish N
ote: Use in pairs or w
ith other support
®
PS
26
54
& P
S 2
65
4A
– C
olumn A
ttachment
Weight/100 pcs: 41 lbs.
PS 2654 Use with PS 200
PS 2654A Use with PS 500
Slip Rating: 800 lbs.
Note: Column attachm
ent can only be used in pairs.
A - 1"
A
PS
95
– “C" C
lamp
Material: Steel
3⁄4"2
1⁄4"
A
B
Rod Size
AB
Load Rating
Wt./100pcs
3⁄8"2
5⁄16"3⁄8"
33035
1⁄2"2
1⁄4"1⁄2"
38041
5⁄8"2
3⁄8"5⁄8"
45067
3⁄4"2
1⁄4"1⁄2"
50072
PS
86
– “C” C
lamp
Rod Size
AB
Load Rating
Wt./100 pcs
3⁄8"1
11⁄16"1
3⁄4"400
381⁄2"
123⁄32"
525⁄8"
115⁄16"
2"450
683⁄4"
21⁄32"
600128
Material: M
alleable Iron, Steel Set Screw
3⁄4"1⁄2"
3⁄8"
A
B
PS
93
– Universal “C
” Clam
p
PS
94
– Wide Throat Top B
eam “C
” Clam
p
At least one full
thread must be exposed
Part No.
Rod Size
A
DIMENSIONS (Inches)
Max.
Pipe Size
Max. Load (Lbs.)
Wt/100 pcs
BC
DE
PS 93 3⁄83⁄8
15⁄8
23⁄4
7⁄82
40028
PS 93 1⁄21⁄2
15⁄8
23⁄4
7⁄83
1⁄2500
34M
aterial: Malleable Iron, Steel Set Screw
Part No.
Rod Size
A
DIMENSIONS (Inches)
Max
Pipe Size
Max. Load (Lbs.)
Wt/100 pcs
BC
DE
F
PS 94 5⁄85⁄8
13⁄4
21⁄4
3⁄4 1
1⁄4 1
5 600
66
PS 94 3⁄43⁄4
17⁄8
23⁄8
3⁄4 1
3⁄8 1
1⁄48
80083
Material: M
alleable Iron, Steel Set Screw
A
1" B
E
D
C
11⁄4"
AE
B
F
DC
15⁄16"
At least one full
thread must be exposed
PIP
E & C
ON
DU
IT CLA
MPS
PIP
E & C
ON
DU
IT CLA
MPS6
9
Power-Stru
t pip
e, con
du
it an
d O
.D.
tub
ing cla
mps a
re form
ed in
pu
nch
press d
ies in a
wid
e selection
of sizes
to m
eet every requ
iremen
t.
MATER
IAL:
Power-Strut pipe, conduit and O
.D. tubing clam
ps are made on punch
press dies from hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel w
hich conforms to the
ASTM
A-1008, A
-1011 SS, A-575 and A
-576 standards. Select sizes of O
.D. tubing clam
ps are available in stainless steel or aluminum
.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: A
ll steel clamps are electro-galvanized. Select sizes of O
.D. tubing clam
ps are available in copper plated finish. PV
C coatings are available upon
special request.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
REC
OM
MEN
DED
BO
LT TOR
QU
E:
Bolt Size1⁄4"–20
5⁄16"–183⁄8"–16
1⁄2"–135⁄8"–11
3⁄4"–10
Rec. Torque Ft/Lbs
611
1950
100125
Max. Torque
Ft/Lbs7
1525
70125
135
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
®
PS
10
00
– EMT C
onduit Clam
pPS 1
300
– Universal Clamp for EM
T, IMC & G
RC
PS
11
00
, PS
11
16
, PS
11
17
– Standard Pipe Clam
p (GR
C, IM
C and SC
H 40⁄SC
H 80 steel pipe)
EMT
SizeStock
ThicknessHanging Load
Rating /lbs.W
t./100 pcs
1⁄2".060
40011
3⁄4"12
1".075
60015
11⁄4"
181
1⁄2".105
80029
2"33
Note: For EMT larger than
2" use PS 1100Nom
inal Size
Fits O.D.
Stock Thickness
Hanging Load Rating /lbs.
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"0.706-0.840
.060250
103⁄4"
0.922-1.050.060
40011
1"1.163-1.315
12
11⁄4"
1.510-1.660.075
40018
11⁄2"
1.740-1.900.075
50020
2"2.197-2.375
22
Material and finish are specified as:
1100 AL Alum. clam
p, EG fasteners
1100 HG Clamp, Stainless Steel fasteners
1116 Alum. clam
p and fasteners
1117 Alum. clam
p, Stainless Steel fasteners
1100SS Stainless Steel clamp and fasteners
Pipe Size
Stock Thickness
Hanging Load Rating /lbs.
Wt./100 pcs
3⁄8".060
40010
1⁄2"11
3⁄4".075
60015
1"17
11⁄4"
191
1⁄2"
.105800
292"
342
1⁄2"40
3"47
31⁄2"
.125
1,000
624"
675"
806"
.135
1028"
13010"
14312"
174
PS
67
– “J” Pipe or Conduit H
anger
Notes: Plastic Coated hanger is available (“N” Suffix). Please contact factory for additional inform
ation.
Maxim
um operating tem
perature is 300°F
Minim
um safety factor of five (5) on ultim
ate load.
11⁄4"
Design Load
11⁄4"
Design Load
11⁄4"
Design Load
Hex B
olt S
ize as Listed
Rod S
ize A
Listed
Hanger R
od Suspended
Hole
Diam
eter EB
D CR
odS
ize A
Bolt
Size F
Conduit Size
A Rod Size
BC
DE
FLoad
Rating/lbs.W
t./100 pcs
1⁄2
3⁄8
25⁄8
1
2
13⁄32
1⁄4 x 21⁄4
400
203⁄4
27⁄8
21⁄4
211
32
3⁄81⁄4 x 2
1⁄224
11⁄4
31⁄4
21⁄2
1⁄4 x 23⁄4
271
1⁄23
1⁄22
5⁄81⁄4 x 3
292
33⁄4
11⁄8
25⁄8
1⁄4 x 31⁄2
332
1⁄21⁄2
43⁄8
11⁄8
35⁄8
9⁄16
3⁄8 x 41⁄2
800
713
47⁄8
43⁄8 x 5
783
1⁄25
1⁄84
1⁄43⁄8 x 6
854
5⁄86
1⁄85
1⁄8178
56
3⁄45
3⁄43⁄8 x 7
1⁄2199
63⁄4
73⁄4
11⁄4
61⁄2
3⁄8 x 81⁄2
1,000231
87⁄8
91⁄4
11⁄4
83⁄8 x 10
1,200449
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
Pipe & Conduit Clamps
PS
12
00
– O.D
. Tubing Clam
p
Please contact factory for sizes & finishes not show
n.
Note: Additional Available Finishes
SS - Stainless Steel
CC - Copper Coated
O.D. Size
Stock Thickness
Hanging Load
Rating /lbs.
Wt. /100 pcs
1⁄4"
.060400
83⁄8"
81⁄2"
95⁄8"
103⁄4"
117⁄8"
121"
.075600
141
1⁄8"15
11⁄4"
161
3⁄8"17
11⁄2"
181
5⁄8"19
13⁄4"
.105800
291
7⁄8"28
2"31
21⁄8"
322
1⁄4"33
23⁄8"
342
1⁄2"35
25⁄8"
372
3⁄4"38
27⁄8"
403"
41
O.D. Size
Stock Thickness
Hanging Load
Rating /lbs.
Wt. /100 pcs
31⁄8"
.105800
433
1⁄4"45
33⁄8"
463
1⁄2"47
35⁄8"
563
3⁄4"58
37⁄8"
.1251,000
604"
624
1⁄8"62
41⁄4"
644
3⁄8"66
41⁄2"
674
5⁄8"70
43⁄4"
724
7⁄8"73
5"74
51⁄8"
765
1⁄4"77
53⁄8"
785
1⁄2"79
55⁄8"
.1351,000
885
3⁄4"90
57⁄8"
92
O.D. Size
Stock Thickness
Hanging Load
Rating /lbs.
Wt. /100 pcs
6"
.1351,000
946
1⁄8"96
61⁄4"
986
3⁄8"99
61⁄2"
1006
5⁄8"102
63⁄4"
1046
7⁄8"106
7"108
71⁄8"
1107
1⁄4"112
73⁄8"
1147
1⁄2"116
75⁄8"
1177
3⁄4"119
77⁄8"
1218"
1238
1⁄8"125
81⁄4"
1268
3⁄8"128
81⁄2"
1298
5⁄8"130
PS
69
– E-Z Grip H
anger
SizeA
Rod SizeB
Load Rating
Lbs /650
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄2"
3⁄8"
21⁄4"
300
93⁄4"
25⁄16"
9
1"2
7⁄16"10
11⁄4"
25⁄8"
10
11⁄2"
23⁄4"
10
2"3
1⁄4"11
21⁄2"
4"525
25
3"4
3⁄8"27
4"4
11⁄16"600
48
5"1⁄2"
55⁄16"
1000
53
6"6
7⁄16"100
7"8"
100
Rod S
ize A
Listed
B
11⁄4"
Design Load
PS
13
7 – Long Tangent “U
” Bolt
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄2"21
3⁄4"28
1"29
11⁄4"
311
1⁄2"33
2"36
21⁄2"
783"
883
1⁄2"94
4"102
Size
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
®
1"A
25⁄8"
PS
31
38
– Parallel Run Pipe C
lamp
PS
31
26
– One-Piece Pipe Strap
PS
14
50
– One-H
ole Clam
p for O.D
. Tubing
Pipe Size
Load Rating /lbs.
Wt./100 pcs
3⁄8"
300
271⁄2"
293⁄4"
30
1"400
31
11⁄4"
38
11⁄2"
500
40
2"47
21⁄2"
66
3"78
31⁄2"
87
4"90
O.D. Size
AThickness
GagesW
t./100 pcs
1⁄4"1
3⁄16"
16
43⁄8"
15⁄16"
51⁄2"
17⁄16"
65⁄8"
15⁄8"
14
83⁄4"
13⁄4"
97⁄8"
17⁄8"
10
1"2"
11
Pipe Size
AB
CDesign
Load /lbs.W
t. /100 pcs
1⁄2"2
7⁄8"
9⁄32"7⁄16"
500
233⁄4"
31⁄8"
26
1"3
3⁄8" 31
11⁄4"
33⁄4"
35
11⁄2"
37⁄8"
39
2"5
3⁄4"
7⁄16"11⁄16"
1,000
94
21⁄2"
61⁄4"
114
3"6
7⁄8"133
31⁄2"
73⁄8"
152
4"7
7⁄8"176
5"9"
198
6"10"
225
Supporting
Rib on
PS
3126 6 inch
Hole S
ize – 9⁄32"
1⁄4" X 3⁄4" R
ound Head
Machine S
crew
and Channel N
ut N
ot Included
A
PS
27
0 – C
onduit Clam
p
SizeA
Diameter
Wt./100 pcs
3⁄8"
1⁄4"
61⁄2"
63⁄4"
8
1"9
11⁄4"
11
11⁄2"
19
2"27
PS
51
– Right A
ngle Pipe or Conduit C
lamp
SizeA
Diameter
BW
t./100 pcs
3⁄8"
5⁄16"
15⁄16"25
1⁄2"1
3⁄16"41
3⁄4"1
7⁄16"42
1"1
11⁄16"47
11⁄4"
2"54
11⁄2"
25⁄16"
57
2"
3⁄8"
23⁄16"
85
21⁄2"
33⁄8"
106
3"4
1⁄8"110
31⁄2"
45⁄8"
128
4"5
1⁄8"140
Material: M
alleable Iron
B
A
A 1⁄8"
CH
oleS
ize B
Design Load
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
Pipe & Conduit Clamps
SizeRange
CapturedNylon Lock-Nut
HexBolt
"V" Pad
"V" Pad1- 5⁄8" Series
Channel
PS
TP-0
25
thru PS
TP-1
00
– Cush-A
-Grip
®
Nominal 3⁄4" W
all
Nominal 1" W
all
The only airtight, crush-resistant insulation clam
p on the market.
Includes: Cushion, V-pad, and Hardware.
Materials: Cushion: Therm
oplastic elastomer.
Hardware: Stainless Steel w
ith Captured Nylon LocknutTem
perature Rating: -40°F to +275°F
PS
CT- 3⁄8 thru P
S C
T1-4
- 1⁄8 – Cush-A
-Therm™
B
CD
V-P
ad
17⁄16"
A
Part No.
Hole Size
Copper Nom
. I.D.
O.D. IPS
O.D.Length
PS CT- 3⁄83⁄8 ID
1⁄4 3⁄8
-1.81
2.17
PS CT- 1⁄21⁄2 ID
3⁄8 1⁄2
1⁄4 1.89
PS CT- 5⁄85⁄8 ID
1⁄2 5⁄8
3⁄8 2.05
PS CT- 3⁄43⁄4 ID
5⁄8 3⁄4
-2.22
PS CT- 7⁄87⁄8 ID
3⁄4 7⁄8
1⁄2 2.44
PS CT-1- 1⁄81
1⁄8 ID 1
11⁄8
3⁄4 2.76
PS CT-1- 3⁄81
3⁄8 ID 1
1⁄41
3⁄8 1
3.19
2.56PS CT-1- 5⁄8
15⁄8 ID
11⁄2
15⁄8
11⁄4
3.35
PS CT-2- 1⁄82
1⁄8 ID 2
21⁄8
-3.86
PS CT-2- 1⁄82
1⁄8 ID 2
1⁄4 2
3⁄8 2
4.292.96
PS CT-2- 5⁄82
5⁄8 ID 2
1⁄2 2
5⁄8 -
4.87
PS CT-3- 1⁄83
1⁄8 ID 3
31⁄8
-5.00
3.35
PS CT-3- 5⁄83
5⁄8 ID 3
1⁄2 3
5⁄8 -
5.943.94
PS CT-4- 1⁄84
1⁄8 ID 4
41⁄8
31⁄2
6.14
Part No.
Hole Size
Copper Nom
. I.D.O.D.
IPS O.D.
Length
PS CT1- 5⁄85⁄8 ID
1⁄2 5⁄8
3⁄8 2.54
2.17PS CT1- 3⁄4
3⁄4 ID 5⁄8
3⁄4 -
2.82PS CT1- 7⁄8
7⁄8 ID 3⁄4
7⁄81⁄2
2.82PS CT1-1- 1⁄8
11⁄8 ID
11
1⁄8 3⁄4
3.06PS CT1-1- 3⁄8
13⁄8 ID
11⁄4
13⁄8
13.33
2.56PS CT1-1- 5⁄8
15⁄8 ID
11⁄2
15⁄8
11⁄4
3.65PS CT1-2- 1⁄8
21⁄8 ID
22
1⁄8 -
4.16PS CT1-2- 3⁄8
23⁄8 ID
21⁄4
23⁄8
23.92
PS CT1-2- 5⁄82
5⁄8 ID 2
1⁄2 2
5⁄8 4.87
2.96PS CT1-3- 1⁄8
31⁄8 ID
33
1⁄8 -
5.143.35
PS CT1-3- 5⁄83
5⁄8 ID 3
1⁄2 3
5⁄8-
6.483.94
PS CT1-4- 1⁄84
1⁄8 ID 4
41⁄8
31⁄2
6.48
1. Insulation slides
over pipes2. Pipe hanger inserts
are put in place and
glued to insuation.
3. Joints are wrapped
and sealed w
ith
ProTape.
Part No.
O.D. Tube Sizes
Diameters
PullOut Load /Lbs
Slip Load/Lbs
PS TP-0251⁄4
3⁄81⁄2
0.25 - 0.54
50040
PS TP-6255⁄8
3⁄47⁄8
0.62 - 0.87PS TP-875
7⁄81
11⁄8
0.87 - 1.12PS TP-100
11
1⁄81
1⁄41.00 - 1.31
Part No.
Nominal
Pipe SizeDim
ensions (In.)Hex Head Cap
Screw &
Lock NutW
t /100 pcs Lbs
“A”“B”
“C”“D”
PS TP-0251⁄4
115⁄16
13⁄8
3⁄83⁄16
1⁄4-20 x 11⁄2"
4PS TP-625
3⁄82
3⁄81
5⁄87⁄16
1⁄41⁄4-20 x 2"
6PS TP-875
1⁄22
9⁄161
13⁄165⁄16
8PS TP-100
3⁄42
11⁄161
15⁄165⁄16
8
Part No.
Nominal Pipe Sizes
Diameters
PullOut Load /Lbs
Slip Load/Lbs
PS TP-0251⁄4
0.25 - 0.54
50040
PS TP-6253⁄8
1⁄20.62 - 0.87
PS TP-8753⁄4
0.87 - 1.12PS TP-100
3⁄41
1.00 - 1.31
Tube Sizes
Pipe Sizes
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
®
PS
00
4T – P
S 1
06
N – C
ush-a-Clam
p® A
ssembly Pipe &
Tube Series
Clamp:
Electro-galvanized or stainless steel
Cushion: Thermoplastic elastom
er resistant to the effects of most oils,
chem
icals and industrial cleaning com pounds in tem
peratures
from -50°F to 275°F.
UV Resistent
Includes: Cushion, Clamp and Hardw
are
Controlled Squeeze: Parts w
ith the letter "T" have a Controlled Squeeze
shoulder Bolt. Available on tube sizes 1⁄4" thru 13⁄8"
Pipe Series
Part No.
Pipe Size
(Nominal)
Dimensions
Wt. /100 pcs
AB
C
PS 009N1⁄4"
0.540.98
1.3413
PS 011N3⁄8"
0.671.13
1.5414
PS 014N1⁄2"
0.841.29
1.8215
PS 017N3⁄4"
1.051.50
2.0817
PS 021N1"
1.311.76
2.3419
PS 027N1
1⁄4"1.66
2.172.73
35
PS 030N1
1⁄2"1.90
2.352.86
41
PS 038N2"
2.372.82
3.6749
PS 046N2
1⁄2"2.87
3.324.17
57
PS 056N3"
3.503.95
4.7955
PS 064N3
1⁄2"4.00
4.455.42
88
PS 072N4"
4.504.95
5.92110
PS 089N5"
5.566.01
6.92130
PS 106N6"
6.627.07
8.23140
Tube Series
Part No.
Copper &
Steel Tube O. D. Size
Copper W
ater Pipe
(Nominal)
Dimensions
Wt./100 pcs
AB
C
PS 004T1⁄4"
0.250.62
0.9810
PS 006T3⁄8"
1⁄4"0.37
0.821.13
11
PS 008T1⁄2"
3⁄8"0.50
0.941.34
13
PS 010T5⁄8"
1⁄2"0.62
1.061.54
14
PS 012T3⁄4"
5⁄8"0.75
1.21.68
14
PS 014T7⁄8"
3⁄4"0.87
1.311.82
15
PS 016T1"
1.001.44
1.9517
PS 018T1
1⁄8"1"
1.121.57
2.0818
PS 020T1
1⁄4"1.25
1.702.21
18
PS 022T1
3⁄8"1
1⁄4"1.37
1.822.34
20
PS 024N1
1⁄2"1.50
1.952.47
33
PS 026N1
5⁄8"1
1⁄2"1.62
2.072.60
35
PS 028N1
3⁄4"1.75
2.202.73
37
PS 030N1
7⁄8"1.87
2.322.86
39
PS 032N2"
2.002.45
3.0441
PS 034N2
1⁄8"2.12
2.573.23
46
PS 038N2
3⁄8"2.37
2.823.67
47
PS 040N2
1⁄2"2.50
2.943.79
49
PS 042N2
5⁄8"2.62
3.073.92
51
PS 046N2
7⁄8"2.87
3.324.17
55
PS 048N3"
3.003.57
4.4257
PS 050N3
1⁄8"3.12
3.574.42
60
PS 056N3
1⁄2"3.50
3.954.79
55
PS 058N3
5⁄8"3.62
4.25.11
70
PS 064N4"
4.004.45
5.4288
PS 066N4
1⁄8"4.12
4.575.54
94
PS 072N4
1⁄2"4.50
4.955.92
110
PS 082N5
1⁄8"5.12
5.576.54
125
PS 098N6
1⁄8"6.12
6.577.54
130
A
B
C
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
Pipe & Conduit Clamps
PS
00
4M
– PS
03
8M
– Cush-a-C
lamp
® Assem
bly Om
ega Series
Part No.
Copper Tubing
O.D. Size
Water
Pipe (Nom
inal)
Pipe Size
(Nominal)
Dimensions
Wt. /100 pcs
AB
CD
EF
PS 004M1⁄4"
––
0.251.81
0.06
0.620.20
0.783.4
PS 006M3⁄8"
1⁄4–
0.371.90
0.200.81
4.0
PS 008M1⁄2"
3⁄81⁄4"
0.502.20
0.750.26
0.98
5.5
PS 010M5⁄8"
1⁄23⁄8"
0.622.32
6.0
PS 012M3⁄4"
5⁄8–
0.752.41
6.5
PS 014M7⁄8"
3⁄41⁄2"
0.872.56
7.1
PS 016M1"
––
1.002.68
7.8
PS 018M20
––
3⁄4"1.05
2.688.1
PS 018M21
11⁄8"
1–
1.122.82
8.4
PS 020M1
1⁄4"–
–1.25
3.00
0.081.25
0.261.56
17
PS 021M–
–1"
1.313.12
20
PS 022M1
3⁄8"1
1⁄4–
1.373.12
19
PS 024M1
1⁄2"–
–1.50
3.6520
PS 026M1
5⁄8"1
1⁄2–
1.623.77
23
PS 027M–
–1
1⁄4"1.66
3.90
0.101.25
0.331.56
32
PS 028M1
3⁄4"–
–1.75
3.9032
PS 030M1
7⁄8"–
11⁄2"
1.874.02
34
PS 032M2"
––
2.004.15
36
PS 034M2
1⁄8"–
–2.12
4.4041
PS 038M–
–2"
2.374.71
44
Includes: clamp and cushion.
Materials
Clamp:
ZD or Stainless Steel
Cushion: Therm
oplastic elastomer
F D
A
B
C
E
PS
52
E – Parallel Pipe and C
onduit Clam
p
SizeW
t./100 pcs
1⁄2"59
3⁄4"64
1"70
11⁄4"
72
11⁄2"
93
2"128
21⁄2"
135
3"155
31⁄2"
190
4"205
Material: M
alleable Iron
PS
37
92
– Power-W
rap™
Material: EPDM
Stock Thickness: 1⁄8"
Stock Length: 25 ft.⁄box
Service Temp: -70˚ to 350˚ F
Weight/100 boxes: 253 lbs.
Note: Cannot be used on slot side of metal fram
ing channel.
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: N
o., and Finish
®
PS
MU
- 1⁄4 thru PS
MU
-4 – M
ustang Universal O
ne-Piece Pipe, Conduit (G
RC
, EMT &
IMC
) and Tubing Clam
ps
Note: Available in 14 ga. Electro-galvanized steel
PS
UB
1⁄2 – PS
UB
10
– Cush-a-C
lamp
® Assem
bly U–B
olt Series
Part No.
Pipe Size
Dimensions
Wt. /100 Pcs
AB
CD
PS UB 1⁄21⁄2"
0.841.60
0.681⁄4-20 UNC-2B
9
PS UB 3⁄43⁄4"
1.051.80
10
PS UB 11"
1.312.05
12
PS UB 1- 1⁄41
1⁄4"1.66
2.55
1.243⁄8-16 UNC-2B
32
PS UB 1- 1⁄21
1⁄2"1.90
2.8036
PS UB 22"
2.373.35
42
PS UB 2- 1⁄22
1⁄2"2.87
3.90
1.241⁄2-13 UNC-2B
72
PS UB 33"
3.504.55
84
PS UB 3- 1⁄23
1⁄2"4.00
5.0593
PS UB 44"
4.505.50
102
PS UB 55"
5.566.56
123
PS UB 66"
6.627.75
1.445⁄8-11 UNC-2B
243
PS UB 88"
8.629.82
293
PS UB 1010"
10.7512.16
1.653⁄4-10 UNC-2B
492
Includes: U-bolt, cushion, and hardw
are.
Materials: U-Bolt: Electrogalvanized finish or Type 316 SS
Cushion: Therm
oplastic elastomer
Note: Not intended for use w
ith metal fram
ing components due to the length of the thread.
CD
B A
1/2" thru 6" assembly.
BD
C
A
8" thru 12" assembly
Two piece cushion design
.017
30°
30°
.017
Part No.Nom
inal Trade Size
ODHeight Above Channel "H"
Min
Max
Min
Max.
PS MU- 1⁄4
1⁄4"0.250"
0.540"1
3⁄4"2"
PS MU- 3⁄8
3⁄8"0.500"
0.675"1
7⁄8"2
1⁄8"
PS MU- 1⁄2
1⁄2"0.625"
0.840"2"
21⁄4"
PS MU- 3⁄4
3⁄4"0.875"
1.050"2
1⁄4"2
1⁄2"
PS MU-1
1"1.125"
1.315"2
1⁄2"2
3⁄4"
PS MU-1- 1⁄4
11⁄4"
1.375"1.660"
23⁄4"
31⁄8"
PS MU-1- 1⁄2
11⁄2"
1.625"1.900"
3"3
3⁄8"
PS MU-2
2"2.000"
2.375"3
1⁄2"3
7⁄8"
PS MU-2- 1⁄2
21⁄2"
2.500"2.875"
41⁄4"
45⁄8"
PS MU-3
3"3.000"
3.500"4
7⁄8"5
3⁄8"
PS MU-3- 1⁄2
31⁄2"
3.625"4.000"
53⁄8"
57⁄8"
PS MU-4
4"4.125"
4.500"5
7⁄8"6
3⁄8"
H
Order By: N
o. and Finish
Pipe & Conduit Clamps
PS
19
01
– Two-Piece Pipe R
oller
PS
81
5 – Tw
o-Piece, Heavy D
uty Pipe Roller
Chart for Dimension A
Pipe Size
No Insulation
Insulation Thickness
1"1
1⁄2"2"
21⁄2"
3"4"
1⁄2"
61⁄2"
61⁄2"
––
–
–
–
3⁄4"6
5⁄8" 6
7⁄8"1"
11⁄4"
67⁄8"
71⁄8"
73⁄8"
11⁄2"
2"6
5⁄8" 7
1⁄8"7
3⁄8"7
1⁄2"8"
21⁄2"
3"7"
71⁄2"
73⁄4"
77⁄8"
81⁄8"
31⁄2"
4"6
5⁄8"7
1⁄4"7
5⁄8" 7
7⁄8" 8"
83⁄8"
9"W
eight/100 pair: 268 lbs.
Use With: 1⁄2"-4" pipe
Load Rating: 500 lbs.
Material:
Bracket - steel;
Roller - cast iron (or alum
inum)
Finish: Green or galvanized;
Roller - plain
Chart for Dimension A
Pipe Size
No Insulation
Insulation Thickness
1"1
1⁄2"2"
21⁄2"
3"4"
6"9
1⁄2" 10
1⁄4" 10
1⁄2" 10
3⁄4" 11"
113⁄8"
117⁄8"
8"10
1⁄8"
–
11" 11
3⁄8" 11
3⁄4" 12"
121⁄2"
10"10
3⁄4" 11
5⁄8" 12"
121⁄4"
121⁄2"
13"
12"11
1⁄4" 12
1⁄8"12
1⁄2" 12
3⁄4" 13"
131⁄2"
14"11
5⁄8" 12
1⁄2" 12
7⁄8" 13"
133⁄8"
14"
16"12
1⁄8" 13"
133⁄8"
137⁄8"
14" 14
1⁄2"W
eight/100 pair: 680 lbs.
A
21⁄2"
2"
A
31⁄2"
33⁄4"
TO
3"
Use With: 6-16" pipe
Material:
Bracket - steel; Roller - cast iron
Finish: Green or galvanized; Roller - plain
Load Rating: 1500 lbs.
PS
19
11
– Pipe Roller
PS
81
6 – Three Piece, H
eavy Duty Pipe R
oller
Weight/100 units: 1,046 lbs.
SizeFits
Pipe SizeA
BW
t./100 pcs
2 – 3- 1⁄2"2"
5"3"
1602
1⁄2" 3
1⁄4" 3"
35⁄8"
4 – 6"3
1⁄2" 5"
37⁄8"
2154"
57⁄8"
45⁄16"
5"4
7⁄8"
8 – 10"6"
57⁄8"
57⁄16"
5258"
85⁄16"
71⁄8"
10"8
1⁄4"
12 – 14"12"
107⁄8"
97⁄8"
1,02514"
101⁄2"
Material: Brackets and shaft - steel; Rollers - cast iron
Finish: Brackets - painted green or galvanized; Shaft - electro-galvanized; Rollers - plainLoad Rating: 950 lbs.
Chart for Dimension A
Pipe Size
Insulation Thickness
11⁄2"
2" 2
1⁄2" 3"
4"16"
– 13
7⁄8"14"
141⁄2"
18"13
5⁄8"14"
141⁄8"
141⁄2"
15"
20"14
1⁄8"14
1⁄2"14
3⁄4"15"
151⁄2"
24"15
1⁄4"15
1⁄2"15
7⁄8"16
1⁄8"16
5⁄8"
Use With: 16-24" pipe
Material: Brackets - steel; Roller - cast iron
Finish: Brackets - painted green or galvanized; Roller - plain
Load Rating: 2,000 lbs.
A
21⁄2"
B2"
A
31⁄4"
3"
Order By: N
o. and Finish
®
PS
19
02
– Pipe-Roller A
ssembly
Part No.
AW
t./100 pcs.
PS 1902 - 1"-2"6
3⁄4299
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2"7
1⁄2304
PS 1902 - 4"-6"8
1⁄2311
PS 1902 - 8"9
9⁄16319
Material:
Brackets and shaft - steel;
Rollers - cast iron
Finish:
Brackets - painted green or galvanized;
Shaft - electro-galvanized; Rollers - plain
Load Rating: 750 lbs.
PipeSize
NoInsulation
Insulation Thickness
1" 1
1⁄2" 2"
21⁄2"
3" 4"
1⁄2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2"
–
–
–
3⁄4"1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2""
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2"2"
21⁄2"3"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2"PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"PS 1902 - 4"-6"
31⁄2"4"5"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-3
1⁄2"PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"6"8"
PS 1902 - 8"PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"
A
21⁄2"
PS
PP
– Power-Pier
8"
3"
8"
13⁄16"Part
Number
Power-Pier
Bases Qty.Description
PS PP4
Power-Pier Base Only (4 Bases &
Hardware)
PS-SPSS-6 HG4
PS PP + 4 Pcs PS 500 EH HG @ 6" Long for up to 3
1⁄2" PipePS-SPSS-10HG
4PS PP + 4 Pcs PS 500 EH HG @
10" Long for 4" to 8" PipePS-M
PDS-26HG4
PS PP + 2 Pcs PS 200 EH HG @ 26" Long for Trapeze
PS-MPDS-38HG
4PS PP + 2 Pcs PS 200 EH HG @
38" Long for TrapezePS-M
PDS-50HG4
PS PP + 2 Pcs PS 200 EH HG @ 50" Long for Trapeze
PS-MPDS-62HG
4PS PP + 2 Pcs PS 200 EH HG @
62" Long for Trapeze
The Power-Pier Rooftop support system
provides a simple
and versatile way to support and m
anage pipe, tubing, conduit, HVAC system
s, and the like. The Power-Pier
system supports w
ithout roof surface penetration and allow
s the parts to remain off the surface
PS
3373
PS
200
PS
RS
PS
606
PS
1100
PS
200P
S R
ST
hread
edR
od
PS
3373P
S 1100
PS
RS
PS
1100P
S 500
PS
1100P
S 500
PA-158
PS
200 EH
PS
606
PS
1901P
S 200
PS
RS
ELECTR
ICA
LELEC
TRIC
AL
Power-Stru
t offers a
versatile m
ean
s of
supportin
g lightin
g, con
du
its, cable a
nd
oth
er portio
ns o
f an
electrical system
. Pow
er-Strut is listed
as a
n electrica
l ra
cewa
y by U
nd
erwriters la
bora
tories
as sp
ecified
by th
e Na
tion
al E
lectric C
od
e (Article 3
84
), an
d C
SA a
pproved
in
acco
rda
nce w
ith th
e Ca
na
dia
n E
lectrical
Cod
e (Part 1
).
MATER
IAL:
Power-Strut electrical racew
ays are cold formed from
low carbon steel
and meet the requirem
ents of ASTM
A-1011 G
rade 33 in painted green or A
STM A
-653 Grade 33 in pre-galvanized m
aterial. Plain or electro-galvanized fittings conform
to the ASTM
A-635 or A
STM A
-36 standards w
hile pre-galvanized fittings meet the requirem
ents of ASTM
A-653
Grade 33.
STA
ND
AR
D LEN
GTH
S:
Standard lengths of electrical raceway are 10 and 20 feet.
The Power-Strut closure strips are available only in 10 feet lengths.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: Electrical racew
ay channel is available in a painted green or pre-galvanized finish. A
ll Power-Strut fittings are available in painted
green or electro-galvanized finish. Many fittings are available in pre-
galvanized.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
LISTIN
GS:
UL File N
o. E27817 - Channel &
Closure Strips
UL File N
o. E27818 - Fittings C
SA File N
o. 091312
79
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
®
Knock-O
ut Racew
ay*
Maxim
um N
umber of W
ires Types
AVB, FEP, FEBP, RH, RHH, RHW, RUH, RUW
, T, TW, THHN, THW
N, THW, XHHW
Solid R
aceway*
Part No.
Section Height
PS 1003
1⁄4"
PS 1502 7⁄16"
PS 2001
5⁄8"
PS 2101
5⁄8"
PS 3001
3⁄8"
PS 4001"
PS 50013⁄16"
Part No.
Section Height
PS 100 KO63
1⁄4"
PS 150 KO62
7⁄16"
PS 200 KO61
5⁄8"
PS 210 KO61
5⁄8"
PS 300 KO61
3⁄8"
PS 400 KO61"
Raceway Part
Numbers
Wt./
100 Ft.
Height of Section Inches
Wire Size AW
G*
1412
108
6
Table A – Maxim
um num
ber of conductors w
hen raceway is installed to support and
supply electric discharge type lighting fixtures w
hen raceway w
iring is suitable for at least 75 C. EXCEPTION: W
ire suitable for 60 C may
be used when clearance betw
een raceway and
fixtures is at least 1⁄2 inch.
PS 100, PS 100 K06305
31⁄4"
1010
86
4
PS 150, PS 150 K06247
27⁄16"
1010
86
4
PS 200, PS 200 K06190
15⁄8"
66
54
2
PS 210, PS 210 K06141
15⁄8"
66
54
2
PS 300, PS 300 K06170
13⁄8"
54
43
2
PS 400, PS 400 K06146
1"4
30
00
PS 50097
13⁄16"4
30
00
Table B – Maxim
um num
ber of conductors w
hen raceway is installed to support and
supply electric discharge type lighting fixtures w
hen raceway w
iring is suitable for at least 75 C and clearance betw
een raceway and fixtures
is at least 1⁄8 inch.
PS 100, PS 100 K06305
31⁄4"
1010
109
6
PS 150, PS 150 K06247
27⁄16"
1010
108
6
PS 200, PS 200 K06190
15⁄8"
1010
86
3
PS 210, PS 210 K06141
15⁄8"
1010
86
3
PS 300, PS 300 K06170
13⁄8"
1010
64
2
PS 400, PS 400 K06146
1"6
60
00
PS 50097
13⁄16"6
60
00
Table C – Maxim
um num
ber of conductors w
hen raceway is not em
ployed with fixtures
OR where the clearance betw
een the raceway
and fixtures is greater than 1⁄2 inch.
PS 100, PS 100 K06305
31⁄4"
5042
3520
13
PS 150, PS 150 K06247
27⁄16"
3629
2514
9
PS 200, PS 200 K06190
15⁄8"
2218
159
5
PS 210, PS 210 K06141
15⁄8"
2420
1710
6
PS 300, PS 300 K06170
13⁄8"
1815
137
5
PS 400, PS 400 K06146
1"11
97
43
PS 50097
13⁄16"9
76
42
Table D – CSA Certified M
aximum
number of w
ires Types R, RW
, RWU, T, TW
PS 100, PS 100 K06305
31⁄4"
1010
86
4
PS 150, PS 150 K06247
27⁄16"
1010
86
4
PS 200, PS 200 K06190
15⁄8"
88
54
3
PS 210, PS 210 K06141
15⁄8"
88
54
3
PS 300, PS 300 K06170
13⁄8"
86
53
2
PS 400, PS 400 K06146
1"4
30
00
PS 50097
13⁄16"4
30
00
*In all cases, the snap-in-cover, PS 707, is required to complete racew
ay enclosures.
Also UL Listed: PS 100 2T3, PS 150 2T3, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3, PS 300 2T3, PS 400 2T3, and PS 500 2T3
Electrical
To Install Channel
To Install Fluorescent Fixture
Complete installation in m
inutes. No screw, bolts or cotter pins to lose.
1. Suspend and align P
S-2632
Channel hanger from
threaded rod at pre-determ
ined level.
2. At floor w
orking level install wiring
in channel raceway and add a
channel closure strip.
3. Lay raceway into pre-hung chan-
nel hanger. Close snap fasten-
ing door which securely locks
raceway into position.
1. Attach P
S2631 F
ixture Hanger
to fixture with quick assem
bly w
ing-nut leaving door open.
2. Hook fixture over racew
ay. C
lose snap fastening door w
hich securely locks fixture into position. P
lug in fixture.
®
Econom
y Racew
ay System
Fluorescent
In this slot-down system
the circuits run through the fixtures and only enter the channel w
here there is a break in the fixture run. A
t that point the fiber wire retainer holds w
ires in place and snap-in closure strip covers the area.
Knock-out Fluorescent R
aceway S
ystem
Listed by U
nderwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Fixture is attached
to slot-up channel with chase nipple, locknut and bushing
through knock-outs in bottom of channel. C
onduit connector fitting PS-2560 holds channel and fixture to pipe or rod.
Knock-out M
ercury Vapor Racew
ay System
Listed by Underw
riter's Laboratories, Inc. Fixture is attached to slot-up channel w
ith chase nipple, locknut and bushing through knock-outs in bottom
of channel. Conduit connector
fitting PS-2561 holds channel and fixture to pipe or rod.
Basic Fluorescent S
upport System
Slot-down channel holds fixture firm
ly in place with spring nut
and bolt. Fixtures may be added or relocated w
ithout chang-ing the basic assem
bly.
Electrical
Slot D
own M
ercury Vapor System
In this slot down system
the mercury vapor ballast is w
ired directly to the system
.
Basic M
ercury Vapor Support S
ystem
PS 3301 Clevis Hanger for use with PS 150, PS 200
In this slot up or down system
, the fixture is supported by PS-3301 clevis hanger w
hich is designed for use with both
15⁄8" and 2
7⁄16" deep channels.
Slotted S
upport System
This system is designed for m
aximum
ease of attaching fixture through slotted channel w
ith shoulder bolt and provides posi-tive alignm
ent.
Grid S
ystem
This system is used w
here fixtures are hung at right angles to Pow
er-Strut raceways and support channels. A
ny of the features of the above system
s can be adapted to this system.
Ideal for egg-crate type drop ceiling installations.
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
®
PS 2
560, PS
2561
– Conduit Connector Fitting
PS
26
40
– Wire R
etainer
PS 6
55, PS
656, PS
901, PS
902, PS
930,
PS 2
580, PS
2585
– Raceway End Caps
PS 2
51
1, P
S 2
58
1 – End C
ap With K
nock-Out
Weight/100 pcs: .30 lbs.
Part No.
Use With
FinishA
Wt./100 pcs
PS 902PS 100
EG
31⁄4"
22
PS 2580PS 150
27⁄16"
18
PS 655PS 200
15⁄8"
11
PS 2585PS 210
15⁄8"
12
PS 656PS 300
13⁄8"
15
PS 901PS 400
1"11
PS 930PS 500
13⁄16"5
Assembly:
End Cap Part, 1 Machine Screw
, 1 Nut Specify 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" knock-out
Part No.
Use With
FinishA
BW
t./100 pcs
PS 2511–1PS 100
EG
31⁄4"
13⁄4"
3.1PS 2511–2
PS 200, PS 2101
5⁄8"1
3⁄4"2.7
PS 2511–3PS 300
13⁄8"
13⁄4"
2.6PS 2581
PS 1502
7⁄16"2"
3.0
Stock Size: (.060)
Assembly: Connector Fitting,
2 Nuts, 2 Bolts
Part No.
Use With
AHole
Design Load (lbs.)
Wt./100 pcs
PS 25601⁄2 Conduit"
4"7⁄8"
40036
PS 25613⁄4 Conduit"
51⁄8"
13⁄32"
20036
Material: Polypropylene
A127⁄64" 1⁄2"
B
A1⁄4" X
5⁄8" Flat H
eadM
achine Screw
andN
ut Included
Hole
A
1⁄4" X 5⁄8" F
lat Head
Machine S
crews and
Nuts Included
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
PS
26
25
– Wiring Stud N
ut
PS
80
3 – Fixture W
iring Nipple
Weight/100 pcs: 14 lbs.
Assembly: 1⁄2" x 2" rigid conduit nipple
Bushing Locknut
Material: Sintered Iron
Size: 1⁄2" - 14 Amer. Std, conduit thread
Part No.
AIdentification
No.PS 2625- 1⁄2
15⁄64"
121961PS 2625-2- 5⁄8
5⁄8"121960
Weight/100 pcs: 10 lbs.
2 1⁄8" 1.100".800"H
ole.600" D
ia.
A
13⁄8"
3⁄4"
PS
70
7, P
S 7
07
P – R
aceway C
losure StripP
S 7
07
– Alum
inum R
aceway C
losure Strip
Weight 47 Lbs./ ft.
Material/Finish:
PS 707 P - Green and gray
PS 707 - Painted green and pre-galvanized
Stock Size: (.040) GRN, (.040) PGALStock Length: 10 ft.Use W
ith: All 15⁄8" w
ide channel.
Weight 21 Lbs./ ft.
Material:
6063-T6 Alum
inum, Copper Free, Extruded
Stock Size: (.051)Stock Length: 10 ft.Use W
ith: All 15⁄8" w
ide channel
.040"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
Electrical
9⁄32" S
q. Hole
23⁄4"
A
5"
A
9⁄32" S
q. Hole
PS
33
01
– Mercury Vapor Fixture H
anger
PS
26
31
– Swing G
ate Fixture Hanger
PS
26
31
D – Sw
ing Gate Fixture H
anger
PS
80
7 – C
hannel Hanger
PS
26
32
– Swing G
ate Channel H
angerP
S 2
63
2D
– Swing G
ate Channel H
anger
A Dia.
Use With
9⁄16"1⁄2" Rod
7⁄8"1⁄2" Conduit
Finish: Electro-galvanized
Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300, PS 400 and PS 500
Load Rating: 90 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 25 lbs.
A Dia.
Use With
9⁄16"1⁄2" Rod
7⁄8"1⁄2" Conduit
Finish: Electro-galvanized
Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3, and PS 210 2T3
Load Rating: 90 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 34 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300, PS 400 and PS 500
Load Rating: 90 lbs.
Note: Includes Bolt and W
ing Nut for connection to fluorescent fixtures.
Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3
Load Rating: 90 lbs.
Note: Includes Bolt and W
ing Nut for connection to fluorescent fixtures.
Weight/100 pcs: 36 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 154 lbs.
Use With: PS 100, PS 150
Load Rating: 150 lbs.
Note: W
ashers supplied to adapt to 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rod
Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
31⁄8"
9⁄16"5"
9⁄16"
63⁄4"
Hole S
ize1
1⁄16"
5"
111⁄16"
15⁄8"
Finish: Electro-galvanized
Stock Size: 1⁄4"
Use With: PS 150, PS 200, PS 210
Note: Supports fixture in slot up or dow
n system.
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
®
PS
65
9 – C
hannel Hanger
PS
65
8 – C
hannel Hanger
Use With: PS 400, PS 500
Load Rating: 150 lbs.
Note: W
ashers supplied to adapt to 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rod
Weight/100 pcs: 28 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 30 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300
Load Rating: 150 lbs.
Note: W
ashers supplied to adapt to 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rod
25⁄8"1
11⁄16"1
5⁄8"
31⁄8"1
11⁄16"1
5⁄8"
PS
70
2 D
– Fluorescent Fixture Hanger
PS
70
3 D
– Fluorescent Fixture Hanger
PS
26
36
– Fixture Stud Nut
PS
26
37
– Fixture Nut
PS
70
2 – Fluorescent Fixture H
angerP
S 7
03
– Fluorescent Fixture Hanger
Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.
Size: 1⁄4" x 20 thread, 11⁄4" long
Size: Tapped for 1⁄4" - 20 thread
Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 19 lbs.
Hanger provides more than 1⁄2" space
between channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 200, PS 210 & PS 300.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 17 lbs.
Hanger provides more than 1⁄8" space
between channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 200 & PS 210.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.
Hanger provides more than 1⁄2" space
between channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 150.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 20 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 18 lbs.
Hanger provides more than 1⁄8"
space between channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 150.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.
11⁄8"
1⁄2"
5⁄16"1
7⁄16"
1⁄4 " X 1" R
HM
S and
Sq. N
ut Included
15⁄8"
27⁄16"
9⁄32" Dia. H
ole
15⁄8"
13⁄4"
1⁄4" X 3⁄4"
Carriage B
oltand S
q. Nut Included
1⁄4" X 1" R
HM
S and
Sq. N
ut Included
1⁄4" X 1" R
HM
S and
Sq. N
ut Included
15⁄8"
31⁄4"
9⁄32" Dia. H
ole
15⁄8"
29⁄16"
1⁄4" X 3⁄4"
Carriage B
oltand S
q. Nut Included
1⁄4" X 1" R
HM
S and
Sq. N
ut Included
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
Electrical
PS
26
60
– Junction Box
PS
26
62
A – H
ub Assem
bly
PS
26
61
– Junction Box C
over
Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Assembly: 1 Hub, 2 Screw
s, 1 Bolt, 1 Nut
Note: Add hub assemblies to the basic PS 2660 unit
assembly to m
ake 1, 2, 3 ot 4-way junction box.
Identification No. 122022
Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.
Note: Add hub assem
blies PS 2662-A to m
ake 1, 2, 3 or 4-way junction box.
Weight/100 pcs: 113 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 396 lbs.
111⁄16"
3"
2"
PS
2660Junction B
ox
PS
2662 A, H
ub
PS
200C
hannel
21⁄4"
4"
4"
43⁄16"
43⁄16"
PS
26
21
– Conduit Sw
ing Fitting
15(.08
)
2"
PS xxx For 1⁄2" Rigid C
onduitPS xxx For 3⁄4" R
igid Conduit
1⁄4" X 3⁄4" Slotted Hex H
eadScrew
s and Nuts Included
15(.08
)
Ground W
ire
2 Holes
9⁄32"
2"2"
4 13⁄16"
3⁄16"
BushingN
ot Included
Weight/100 pcs: 30 lbs.
Design Load: 300 Lbs
Note: C
onduit hanger fittings allow a free sw
ivel of 15° in
one direction. Fitting m
ay be mounted to the slot side of the
channel or to the back
PS 2660
11⁄2"
41⁄8"
2 Screw
s andC
hannel Nuts
4"
PS
20
94
– 4" Receptacle B
ox With K
nock-outs
PS
26
39
– Outlet B
ox
Weight/100 pcs: 88 lbs.
Stock Size: (.075)
Assembly: 1 Box, 2 Screw
s, 2 Channel Nuts
Weight/100 pcs: 93 lbs.
Stock Size: (.075)
Assembly: 1 Box, 2 Screw
s
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
®
PS
67
1 – Strut Suspension M
ember
Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.
17⁄8"
11⁄16"
121⁄32"
325⁄32"
PS
28
00
– Inside Strut JoinerP
S 2
80
2 – “Elbow
” Inside Strut Joiner
PS
28
01
– “T” Inside Strut JoinerP
S 2
80
3 – “C
ross” Inside Strut Joiner
Weight/100 pcs: 20 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
Material: Cast alum
inum
Jam screw
s included
Weight/100 pcs: 45 lbs.
Material: Cast alum
inum
Jam screw
s included
Material: Cast alum
inum
Jam screw
s included
Material: Cast alum
inum or electro-galvanized
Jam screw
s included
Note: electro-galvanized is not UL Listed
PS
27
00
– Inside Strut Joiner
Material: Extruded alum
inum
Jam screw
s included
Weight/100 pcs: 12 lbs.
PS 500, PS 520,PS 560
PS 6
49
, PS 6
93
, PS 6
94
, PS 8
05
, PS 9
42
, PS 2
58
2 – Electrical Joiner
Part No.
AUse W
ithFinish
Wt./100 pcs
PS 805
15⁄8"
PS 100EG, GRN
106
PS 2582PS 150
EG103
PS 649PS 200, PS 210
EG, GRN
100
PS 6941
3⁄8"PS 300
97
PS 6931
1⁄16"PS 400
97
PS 94213⁄16"
PS 500, PS 52080
Stock Size: (.060)
Assembly: 1 Splice Plate Clevis (GRN),
1 Tapped Plate (EG), 1 Backplate (GRN), 4 Flat Head M
achine Screws (EG).
63⁄4"
A1⁄4" X
5⁄8" Flat H
ead Machine S
crews
and 4 Hole S
plice Plate N
ut Included
14 Gage
Threaded
Plate N
ut
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
Electrical
PS
76
0 – B
us Duct C
onnection Clevis
Weight/100 pcs: 93 lbs.
A
17⁄8"
1⁄2"13⁄16"
PS
15
00
– Porcelain Cable R
ack InsulatorsP
S 1
51
0 – M
aple Cable Saddle
PS
79
1 – Electrical B
ox Adapter Plate
PS
26
27
– Spacer Clevis
Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
Stock Size: (.060)
Assembly: 1 Plate, 2 Screw
s, 2 Channel Nuts
Weight/100 pcs: 24 lbs.
Material: 12 gage
Cable Size
AB
Wt./100 pcs
0"– 1"3"
13⁄4"
311" – 1
1⁄2"3
1⁄2"2"
381
1⁄2"– 2"4"
21⁄4"
472"– 2
1⁄2"4
1⁄2"2
1⁄2"57
21⁄2" – 3"
5"2
3⁄4"68
3"– 31⁄2"
51⁄2"
3"80
31⁄2" – 4"
6"3
1⁄4"94
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" Channel
Assembly:
M
aple Part, 1 Spring Nut,
1 Flat Head Screw
Note: Specify Cable Diameter
Cable Diam
eterA
Wt./100 pcs
3"3"
75
41⁄2"
4"95
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" channel
61⁄4"
3 Knockouts
7⁄8" Dia.
115⁄16"
13⁄16"
115⁄16"
1⁄4" X 5⁄8" F
lat Head
Machine S
crews and
Nuts Included
2"1
21⁄32"
7⁄8" DIA
.
2"
4"
1⁄8"
Flourescent F
ixture
A1
5⁄8"
B
Hole S
izeA
PS
18
01
– Square Maple C
able Clam
ps
Inside Diam
eter Size
A & B
Wt./100 pcs
0"– 1"3
1⁄2"84
1"– 11⁄2"
4"102
11⁄2"– 2"
41⁄2"
121
2"– 21⁄2"
51⁄2"
165
21⁄2" – 3"
6"189
3"– 31⁄2"
61⁄2"
215
31⁄2"– 4"
7"243
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" Wide Channels.
Assembly: M
aple Part, 2 Stud Bolts, 2 Washers,
2 Spring Nuts, 2 Square Nuts
Note: Special maple clam
ps can be made to order.
Specify Cable Diam
eter.
Hole S
ize
A1
5⁄8"
B
Part No.
Outside W
idthInside W
idthW
t./100 pcs
PS 760–12
13⁄32"1
29⁄32"57
PS 760–23
25⁄32"3
9⁄32"73
PS 760–34
3⁄4"4
1⁄4"84
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10' &
20' Order By: N
o., Size and Finish
®
PS
72
2 – Porce -A
- Clam
p™
Part No.
Hole Size
AB
Wt./100 pcs
PS722 3⁄8"3⁄8"
17⁄8"
115⁄32"
25PS722 1⁄2"
1⁄2"PS722 5⁄8"
5⁄8"PS722 3⁄4"
3⁄4"
23⁄8"
21⁄32"
37PS722 7⁄8"
7⁄8"PS722 1"
1"PS722 1
1⁄8"1
1⁄8"PS722 1
1⁄4" 1
1⁄4"
27⁄8"
217⁄32"
58PS722 1
3⁄8"1
3⁄8"PS722 1
1⁄2"1
1⁄2"PS722 1
5⁄8"1
5⁄8"PS722 1
3⁄4"1
3⁄4"
4"3
5⁄8"76
PS722 17⁄8"
17⁄8"
PS722 2"2"
PS722 21⁄8"
21⁄8"
PS722 21⁄4"
21⁄4"
41⁄2"
41⁄8"
90PS722 2
3⁄8"2
3⁄8"PS722 2
1⁄2"2
1⁄2"PS722 2
5⁄8"2
5⁄8"PS722 2
3⁄4"2
3⁄4"
51⁄8"
45⁄8"
109PS722 2
7⁄8"2
7⁄8"PS722 3"
3"PS722 3
1⁄8"3
1⁄8"PS722 3
1⁄4"3
1⁄4"
61⁄8"
511⁄32"
130PS722 3
3⁄8"3
3⁄8"PS722 3
1⁄2"3
1⁄2"PS722 3
5⁄8"3
5⁄8"PS722 3
3⁄4"3
3⁄4"
71⁄4"
63⁄4"
160
PS722 37⁄8"
37⁄8"
PS722 4"4"
PS722 41⁄8"
41⁄8"
PS722 41⁄4"
41⁄4"
PS722 43⁄8"
43⁄8"
PS722 41⁄2"
41⁄2"
Porce –A– Clamp™
ANSI/NFPA 70.
Replaces the two piece PS 723 Porcelain Cable Clam
p
Includes: Everdur Hardware
Patents Pending
Strap Material: Electro-galvanized steel or stainless steel
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" channel
Temperature Range: -50°F to +275°F
Hole S
ize
A
B
PS
16
10
– Maple C
able Clam
p
Inside Diam
eterA
PS 1100 Size
Wt./100 pcs
0 to 5⁄8"
15⁄16"
1"24
1⁄2 to 1"1
15⁄16"1
1⁄2"42
3⁄4 to 11⁄2"
23⁄8"
2"54
11⁄4 to 1
3⁄4"3
1⁄2"3"
65
11⁄2 to 2
1⁄4"4"
31⁄2"
84
2 to 21⁄2"
41⁄2"
4"107
21⁄4 to 3"
59⁄16"
5"123
3 to 4"6
5⁄8"6"
163
Use With: All 1
5⁄8" Wide Channel
Assembly: M
aple Part, Pipe Clamp Assem
bly
Note: Specify Cable Diameter
Hole S
ize
A
CO
NC
RETE IN
SER
TSC
ON
CR
ETE INSER
TS91
A selectio
n o
f hea
vy-du
ty to ligh
t-du
ty “co
ntin
uou
s” an
d “sp
ot” co
ncrete in
serts is a
vaila
ble fo
r use in
pre-ca
st, pre-
stressed o
r pou
red-in
-pla
ce con
crete fl
oors, w
alls o
r ceilings.
MATER
IAL:
Power-Strut continuous slotted concrete inserts are cold form
ed from
structural quality strip steel.
STA
ND
AR
D LEN
GTH
S:
Standard lengths are 10 or 20 feet. Non-standard lengths from
3 inches to 20 feet are also available.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: Pow
er-Strut continuous-slotted concrete inserts are available in plain or pre-galvanized finishes. C
losure strips (CS) are m
ade of plastic and end caps (EC
) are pre-galvanized.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
Finish: Plain, Hot-D
ipped Galvanized, or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 20', O
ther lengths made to order
Stock Thickness: .105 (12 ga.) Order By: N
o., Size, Length and Finish
®
PS
34
9 – C
ontinuous Concrete Insert (1
5⁄8" x 13⁄8")
8"
PS
6151
3"
>2"
2 7⁄8"
PS
6531"
2"1⁄8"
PS
656
2 7⁄8" 1 1⁄2"
1 5⁄8"
12 Ga.
13⁄16"
PS
6151
1 3⁄8"
Choice of end cap is based on the distance from the end of the insert to the first
anchor as shown below
.
Furnished with steel end caps and plastic closure strips installed
Part No.
End CapW
t./100 pcs - PLN
Load Data*
87
*uniform recom
mended
psi concrete.
PS
65
4 – Type 'B
' End Cap
PS
65
3 – Type 'B
' End Cap
Finish: Finish:
3"P
S 300, P
S 349
27⁄8"
PS
400, PS
449
PS
11
54
– Splice Connection
Use With:
15⁄8"
Finish: Plain, Hot-D
ipped Galvanized, or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 20', O
ther lengths made to order
Order By: N
o., Size, Length and Finish
Concrete Inserts
PS
44
9 – C
ontinuous Concrete Insert (1
5⁄8" x 1")
Part No.
End CapW
t./100 pcs - PLN
Load Data*
*uniform recom
mended
psi concrete.
Choice of end cap is based on the distance from the end of the insert to the first
anchor as shown below
.
Furnished with steel end caps and plastic closure strips installed
8"
21⁄2"
11⁄2"
15⁄8"
12 Ga.
13⁄16"
PS
6151
1"
PS
6151
27⁄8"
>2"
2 1⁄4"
PS
6541"
2"1⁄8"
PS
901
PS
65
6, P
S 9
01
– Type 'A' End C
ap P
S 6
15
1 – Plastic C
losure Strip
Part No.
Use With
InsertFinish
Wt./100 pcs8
Material:
Stock Length:
Use With:
⁄8
.040"
11⁄16"
®
PS
37
00
– Concrete D
eck Insert
Part No.
Load Rating
Wt./100 pcs
⁄8⁄⁄8
Note:
and plate is plain.
4"
6"
8" 11⁄2"
9⁄16"
13⁄32" Hole
11⁄4"
Jam N
utR
ecomm
ended
PS
28
5 – Light W
eight Concrete Insert
Part No.
Rod Size
Load Rating
Wt./100 pcs
⁄⁄
⁄8⁄8
⁄⁄
Finish:
2"
21⁄4" 3"
15⁄8"
PS
28
5 N
– Concrete Insert N
ut (for use with PS 285)
Part No.
Rod Size
AW
t./100 pcs
⁄⁄
⁄8⁄7⁄
⁄87
Finish:
13⁄16"
A
PS
68
0 – C
oncrete Deck Insert
6"
4"
2"
11⁄4"
9⁄16"
13⁄32"H
OLE
TE
NS
ION
SH
EA
R SE
TT
ING
SC
RE
WS
EM
BE
D
JAM
NU
TO
PT
ION
AL
41⁄2 "
RIB
WID
TH
5"
2"
6"
3"
3"
Part No.
Tension Load Rating/Lbs
Shear Load Rating/Lbs
Wt./100 pcs
⁄8⁄⁄8
PS
15
2 – Screw
Concrete Insert
Part No.
Rod Size “A”
BC
DE
E1
FLoad
RatingW
t./100 pcs
⁄8⁄8
⁄⁄
⁄⁄8
⁄8⁄
⁄
⁄8⁄8
7⁄⁄8
⁄⁄
⁄8⁄
⁄⁄
7⁄7⁄8
7⁄8
Material: M
alleable Iron
Finish: Black
F
D
C
A
B
E1E
JUN
IOR
CH
AN
NEL
JUN
IOR
CH
AN
NEL9
5
Power-Stru
t jun
ior ch
an
nel sectio
ns
are co
ld fo
rmed
from
prim
e qu
ality
cold
rolled
steel. Jun
ior ch
an
nel fi
ttings
are p
un
ched
from
hot ro
lled,
pick
led a
nd
oiled
steel.
STA
ND
AR
D LEN
GTH
S:
Standard length is 10 feet at a tolerance of ±1⁄16 inches.
Shorter lengths are available for a small cutting charge.
STA
ND
AR
D D
IMEN
SIO
NS FO
R FITTIN
GS:
Fitting Thickness:
1⁄8"
Fitting Width:
13⁄16"
Hole D
iameter:
9⁄32"
Hole Spacing:
11⁄16" on centers and 13⁄32" from end.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: PS 600J and PS 700J junior channels are available in a galvanized or painted green finish. A
ll junior channel fittings are available in electro-galvanized finish.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16" Stock Thickness: 1⁄8" Stock Length: 10'
Order By: N
o., Size and Finish Hole Spacing: 13⁄32" from
end, 11⁄16" on center H
ole Diam
eter: 9⁄32"
®
PS
60
0J
– Channel ( 13⁄16" x 13⁄16" x 19 ga.)
Y
X
7⁄16"3⁄16"
3⁄16"
13⁄16"
13⁄16"
3⁄32".463"
.350"
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and m
ultiply corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 600J
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area ofSection(Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
entof Inertia
(Inch4)
SectionM
odulus(Inch
3)
Radius ofGyration
(Inch)
Mom
entof Inertia
(Inch4)
SectionM
odulus(Inch
3)
Radius ofGyration
(Inch)
360.107
0.0090.020
0.2950.012
0.0290.333
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lbs)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
18230
0.06230
230180
24170
0.11170
150100
30140
0.18130
10070
36110
0.2490
7050
42100
0.3570
5030
4880
0.4250
4030
5480
0.6040
3020
6070
0.7230
2020
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 600J
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face (lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
18600
1,6601,400
1,100860
24490
1,3001,010
740590
30420
990740
560450
36340
770590
450370
42300
630490
380310
48260
540420
330270
54240
470370
290**
60210
410330
****
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading.
PS 4
017
– Junior Channel NutsPS
3017
– Junior Channel Nuts
SizeW
t./100 pcs
8-321
10-321
10-241
1⁄4"1
Use With: PS 600J channel
SizeW
t./100 pcs
8-321
10-321
10-241
1⁄4"1
Use With: PS 700J channel
PS
20
29
– End Cap
Use With: PS 600J
Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16" Stock Thickness: 1⁄8" Stock Length: 10'
Order By: N
o., Size and Finish Hole Spacing: 13⁄32" from
end, 113⁄32" on center H
ole Diam
eter: 9⁄32"
Junior Channel
PS
70
0J
– Channel ( 13⁄16" x 13⁄32" x 19 ga.)7⁄16"
3⁄16"13⁄16"
3⁄16"
3⁄32"
.243"
.163"
1 3⁄32"X
Y
* Bearing load may govern capacity.
** KL⁄r>200
Column loads are for allow
able axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric
loading. For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and
multiply corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid
channel section.
BEA
M LO
AD
ING
– PS 700J
ELEMEN
TS OF SEC
TION
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
Area ofSection(Inch
2)
X-X AxisY-Y Axis
Mom
entof Inertia
(Inch4)
SectionM
odulus(Inch
3)
Radius ofGyration
(Inch)
Mom
entof Inertia
(Inch4)
SectionM
odulus(Inch
3)
Radius ofGyration
(Inch)
250.074
0.0020.007
0.1500.007
0.0170.307
Span (in)
Max
Allowable
Uniform
Load (lbs)
Defl. at Uniform
Load (in)
Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 (lbs)
Span/240 (lbs)
Span/360 (lbs)
1880
0.1260
5030
2460
0.2240
3020
3050
0.3620
2010
3640
0.5020
1010
CO
LUM
N LO
AD
ING
– PS 700J
UnbracedHeight (in)
Max.
Allowable
Load at Slot Face
(lbs)
Maxim
um Colum
n Load Applied at C.G.
K = 0.65 (lbs)
K = 0.80 (lbs)
K =1.0 (lbs)
K = 1.2 (lbs)
18420
1,200990
720510
24330
900640
410280
30260
620410
****
36200
430280
****
PS
20
13
– Square Washer
Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.
13⁄16"
PS
20
15
– Three-Hole Splice Plate
PS
20
14
– Two-H
ole Splice Plate
Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
17⁄8"
215⁄16"
PS
20
33
– Flat Angle Plate
PS
20
34
– Tee PlateP
S 2
01
6 – Four-H
ole Splice Plate
Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
4"1
7⁄8"
17⁄8"
17⁄8"
215⁄16"
®
9⁄32" Dia. H
ole
Tubing Size
PS
700J
PS
20
08
– Two-H
ole Corner A
ngleP
S 2
01
7 – Tw
o-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
18
– Three-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
25
– Three-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
24
– Four-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
19
– Four-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
37
– Three-Hole C
orner Angle
PS
20
23
R or L
– Four-Hole
Shelf Bracket
Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 19 lbs.
Note: Specify R (right) or L (left) w
hen ordering
Right Hand Illustrated
15⁄16"
11⁄8"
13⁄16"11⁄4"
2"
11⁄8 "
25⁄16"
27⁄32"
11⁄4"
17⁄8"
23⁄16" 2"
25⁄16" 1
7⁄8"27⁄32"2
5⁄16" 17⁄8"27⁄32"
PS
20
10
– Zee Support
Weight/100 pcs: 7 lbs
Use With: PS 600J
11⁄16"
13⁄16"
PS
20
26
–Zee Support
Use With: PS 700J
Weight/100 pcs: 6 lbs.
13⁄32"13⁄32"
17⁄8"
PS
20
11
– "U" Support
Use With: PS 600J
Weight/100 pcs: 12 lbs.
27⁄32"
215⁄16"
13⁄16"
PS
20
41
– Tubing Clam
ps
Size Tubing O.D.
Wt./100 pcs
1⁄4"
23⁄8"1⁄2"5⁄8"3⁄4"
37⁄8"1"
PO
WER
-AN
GLE
®PO
WER
-AN
GLE
®99
A co
mplete su
pport system
tha
t's versatile,
econ
om
ical a
nd
easy to
use.
No d
rilling, w
eldin
g or
specia
l tools n
ecessary.
Fast, effi
cient b
olt-to
gether
con
structio
n
Ea
sy to ch
an
ge an
d a
dju
st
STA
ND
AR
D LEN
GTH
S:
Standard lengths are 10' and 12'. Slotted angle is shipped in ten-piece bundles com
plete with 75 pieces of 3⁄8" - 16 x 3⁄4" hex head bolts and 3⁄8"
nuts.
STA
ND
AR
D FIN
ISH
: A
vailable in two durable, long-lasting finishes;
pre-galvanized or Power–G
reen™.
OR
DER
ING
INFO
RM
ATIO
N:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part num
ber. See pages 8-9 for finish abbreviations and an exam
ple.
®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic G
reen Stock Thickness: .075(14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 & 12 Feet
Order By: N
o., Length and Finish
®
PA
15
8 – Light D
uty
(15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 14 ga.)PA
23
8 – M
edium D
uty
(15⁄8" x 2
3⁄8" x 14 ga.)
15⁄8" 1
5⁄8"1
1⁄2"
3⁄4"3⁄4"
23⁄8"
15⁄8"
11⁄2"
3⁄4"3⁄4"
31⁄8"
15⁄8"
11⁄2"
3⁄4"3⁄4"
PA
31
8 – H
eavy Duty
(1
5⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)
PA
1G
P – G
usset Plate
PA
1S
C – Sw
ivel Caster
PA
1R
C – R
igid Caster
PA
1S
NB
– Serrated Nuts &
Bolts
PA
1R
P – Slotted Strap
Weight/100 pcs: 9 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 170 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 7 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 110 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
Weight/100 ft.: 66 lbs.
Weight/100 ft.: 80 lbs.
Weight/100 ft.: 130 lbs.
Note: Includes Serrated Nuts & Bolts
(Package of 75 nuts and 75 bolts)
®
Power-Angle®
3'-6''M
ax.
Beam
Load Calculations
The beam loading depends on w
hich slotted angle is used and the m
anner in which the beam
is constructed. The diagrams on the
next page show how
individual slotted angle components can be
combined to form
a beam. The loading for each beam
configu-ration is show
n in the beam loading tables on the follow
ing pages.
Exam
ple - Lo
ad “A
”
Load “A” is supported by tw
o 48" sections of PA
-238 (1
5⁄8" x 23⁄8"). The 48" row
of Table 2 (page 103) indicates w
hat each beam configuration
will support. Since the colum
ns are sorted from
lowest to highest
load, the first configuration that satisfies the requirem
ent is "J" w
hich will support 1,110 lbs.
Exam
ple - Lo
ad “B
”
Load “B” is supported by two 36"
sections of PA-238 (1
5⁄8" x 23⁄8").
The 36" row of Table 2 (Page 103)
indicates what each beam
configu-ration w
ill support. Since the columns
are sorted from low
est to highest load, the first configuration that satis-fies the requirem
ent is "I" which w
ill support 1,100 lbs.
Exam
ple - Lo
ad “C
”
Load “C” is supported by all four
beam sections. The load is distributed
uniformly on tw
o 3' and two 4' beam
s w
hich total 14' of supporting beam
length. Dividing the 1,000 lb. load by
14-feet equals 72 lbs. per foot. Using
the two longest (w
eakest) lengths, calculate the total w
eight as follows:
2 (beam
s) x 4' (leng
th) x 72 lb
s./ft. = 576 lb
s. total w
eigh
t
The 36" row of Table 2 (Page 103) indicates w
hat each beam
configuration will support. Since the colum
ns are sorted from low
-est to highest load, the first configuration that satisfies the require-m
ent is "H" w
hich will support 680 lbs. and is adequate for this
requirement. The 3-foot beam
s configured in the same m
anner w
ill support the load because they are shorter and stronger.
4'
1,000 LBS.
A
3'
4' 3'
1,000 LBS.
B
4'
1,000 LBS.
C
3'
Transverse Stiffeners
When supporting concentrated loads, the
capacity of a pair of slotted-angle beams
can be increased by the addition of transverse stiffeners. These should be placed im
mediately
under the load bearing point. The slotted-angle segm
ent used as the stiffener is bolted into place using a m
etal connector at each junction.
Beams that are 6' long or less require only one stiffener in the
center of the span. Seven-foot beams need tw
o stiffeners placed 2' from
each end. Eight-ffot beams require tw
o stiffeners 2'6" from
the ends. For beams w
ith a nine-foot span, it is necessary to have three stiffeners at 2'3" intervals. Ten-foot beam
s need three stiffen-ers w
ith 2'6" spacings.
For maxim
um effectiveness, transverse stiffeners should never be
spaced more than 3'6" apart.
Note: All loads based on actual physical testing. Documentation available on
request.
Colum
n Load Calculations
Colum
n sections are calculated as described in the following ex-
ample: (A
ssumes use of PA
-238 15⁄8" x 2 5⁄8", m
aterial.)
Since all load areas are supported equally by the 4-columns, the
calculations are based on a single-colum
n section.
Section MN
is one-fourth of “X”, or 250 pounds. C
olumn
section NP supports one-
fourth of “Y” (250 pounds) plus the load supported by M
N, or a total of 500
pounds. Section PQ sup-
ports one-fourth of “Z” (250 pounds) plus the 500 pound load on section N
P, or a total of 750 pounds.
Colum
n loads are based on free and unbraced colum
n lengths. Since M
N, N
P and PQ
are each 3' long, the load requirem
ent is for a 36" section that w
ill bear 750 pounds safely. A reference to Table 5
(Page 104) indicates that all sections designated “A” w
ill support 2,280 lbs. and m
eet the necessary requirements.
Note: To simplify assem
bly, we recom
mend using the sam
e size material as
for the horizontal mem
bers. This would be found in Table 2 to m
atch the 14 gauge 1
5⁄8" x 25⁄8" m
aterial selected for the beams of this structure.
X1,000 LBS.
Y1,000 LBS.
Z 1,000 LBS.
MNP
Q
3'
3'
3'
®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic G
reen Stock Thickness: .075(14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 & 12 Feet
Order By: N
o., Length and Finish
®
Beam
Configurations
(See corresponding letters in table on following page for load data)
G – Two Single Pieces (Up)
Beam
Configurations W
ith Stiffeners
(See corresponding letters in table on follow
ing page for load data)
R – I-Sections w/Stiffener
P – Single Pieces w/Stiffner
Q – T-Sections w/Stiffener
R – Z-Sections w/Stiffener
H – Two Single Pieces (Level)
I – Two Single Pieces (Dow
n)
J – Two Z-Sections
K – Two Narrow
ChannelsL – Tw
o Broad Channels
M – Tw
o T-SectionsN – Tw
o I-SectionO – Tw
o J-Sections
®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic G
reen Stock Thickness: .075(14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 & 12 Feet
Order By: N
o., Length and Finish
Power-Angle®
* Based on simple beam
condition with uniform
loads on parallel beams.
To determine concentrated load capacity at m
id-span, multiply uniform
load by 0.5.
Beam
Loads PA
15
8 – Light D
uty (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 14 ga.)
Beam
Loads PA
23
8 – M
edium D
uty (15⁄8" x 2
3⁄8" x 14 ga.)
Beam
Loads PA
31
8 – H
eavy Duty (1
5⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Beam Span (Inches)
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page) - Beam
Load in Pounds*G
HI
PJ
LR
MK
QO
N24
7001,020
1,6601,740
2,2203,170
3,2303,490
3,5903,630
6,0607,560
36460
6801,100
1,1601,480
2,1102,150
2,3202,390
2,4204,040
5,040
48350
510830
8701,110
1,5801,620
1,7401,800
1,8103,030
3,780
60280
410660
700890
1,2701,290
1,3901,440
1,4502,420
3,020
72230
340550
580740
1,0601,080
1,1601,200
1,2102,020
2,520
84290
470500
630910
9201,000
1,0301,040
1,7302,160
96260
410440
550790
810870
900910
1,5201,890
108490
700720
770800
8101,350
1,680
120440
630650
700720
7301,210
1,510
Beam Span (Inches)
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page) - Beam
Load in Pounds*
GH
IP
JL
RM
KQ
ON
241,790
1,6104,300
4,9606,520
7,9108,070
9,9209,990
10,17014,600
16,120
361,200
1,0702,870
3,3104,350
5,2705,380
6,6106,660
6,7809,730
10,750
48900
8102,150
2,4803,260
3,9504,030
4,9604,990
5,0807,300
8,060
60720
6401,720
1,9802,610
3,1603,230
3,9704,000
4,0705,840
6,450
72600
5401,430
1,6502,170
2,6402,690
3,3103,330
3,3904,870
5,370
84460
1,2301,420
1,8602,260
2,3002,830
2,8502,910
4,1704,610
96400
1,0801,240
1,6301,980
2,0202,480
2,5002,540
3,6504,030
1081,100
1,4501,760
1,7902,200
2,2202,260
3,2403,580
120990
1,3001,580
1,6101,980
2,0002,030
2,9203,220
Beam Span (Inches)
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page)
Beam Load in Pounds*
GH
IP
LR
M24
550830
830920
1,6001,700
1,840
36370
560560
6101,070
1,1301,230
48280
420420
460800
850920
60220
330330
370640
680740
72180
280280
310530
570610
84240
240260
460490
530
96210
210230
400430
460
108360
380410
120320
340370
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic G
reen Stock Thickness: .075(14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 & 12 Feet
Order By: N
o., Length and Finish
®
Co
lum
n S
ection
s
(See corresponding letters in table on
for load data)
A – Single Piece
D – Dual Channel Section
B – T-Section B – Broad Channel Section
B – Narrow
Channel Section C – Uneven T-Section
C – Uneven Channel Section
D – T-Channel Section
D – T-Channel Section
E – I-Section F – Uneven I-Section
PA
15
8 – Light D
uty (15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 14 ga.)
PA
23
8 – M
edium D
uty (15⁄8" x 2
3⁄8" x 14 ga.)
PA
31
8 – H
eavy Duty (1
5⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)
Colum
n Load
Column Load in Pounds*
Column Height (Inches)
Column Sections (See Left Side of Page)
AB
CD
EF
36"2,280
4,7604,940
7,2709,520
9,865
48"1,970
4,4904,680
6,9208,970
9,330
60" 1,520
3,9954,310
6,3707,990
8,620
72" 1,070
3,1403,870
5,8406,280
7,715
84"660
2,3403,665
4,9304,660
6,740
96"1,750
2,7003,850
3,5005,365
108"2,060
2,8704,115
120"1,610
2,6903,210
* Column Loads are concentric w
ithout intermediate lateral support.
Column Load in Pounds*
Column Height (Inches)
Column Sections (See Left Side of Page)
AB
CD
EF
36"3,470
7,9708,770
12,56015,940
17,550
48"2,870
7,3608,580
11,97014,750
17,150
60" 1,970
6,5708,180
11,36013,160
16,360
72" 1,280
5,2707,690
10,48010,560
15,360
84"3,670
6,9709,470
7,37013,970
96"2,580
6,2608,370
5,17012,570
108"5,460
6,88010,970
120"4,460
5,3708,960
Column Height (Inches)
Column Load in Pounds*
Column Sections
(See Left Side of Page)
AB
36"1,450
3,850
48" 1,150
3,500
60" 950
3,000
72"750
2,500
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
FIBER
GLA
SS
FIBER
GLA
SS10
5
Th
e insta
llatio
n o
f fib
erglass
cha
nn
el an
d a
ccessories is sim
ilar
to th
e insta
llatio
n o
f meta
llic ch
an
nel a
nd
accesso
ries. All
stan
da
rd in
stalla
tion
pra
ctices a
nd
pro
cedu
res apply. In
genera
l, sp
ecial h
an
dlin
g is not req
uired
. Fa
brica
tion
of A
ickin
strut
com
pon
ents req
uires ju
st three
simple o
pera
tion
s; cuttin
g, drillin
g a
nd
sealin
g.
®
AICKINSTRUT FABRICATIONThe installation of fiberglass channel and accessories is sim
ilar to the installation of m
etallic channel and accessories. All standard
installation practices and procedures apply. In general, special handling is not required. Fabrication of A
ickinstrut components
requires just three simple operations; cutting, drilling and sealing
as described below.
Cuttin
g – C
utting can be accomplished w
ith a wide
variety of saws. H
and held saws, such as hack saw
s (24 to 32 teeth per inch) are suitable w
hen a few num
ber of cuts are required. For frequent cutting, a circular pow
er saw
with a carbide-tipped m
asonry blade yields the best results and the greatest num
ber of cuts. When using a
power saw
, dust filter masks, gloves and long sleeve cloth-
ing should be worn.
Drillin
g – A
ny standard twist bit, even w
hen used with
battery-powered drills w
ill work w
ell. Carbide-tipped drill
bits are recomm
ended.
Sealin
g – To protect against future m
igration of cor-rosive elem
ents into the cut sections, all cuts and holes should be properly sealed using A
ickincoat or Aickinzap.
LABOR SAVINGSA
ickinstrut fiberglass structural mem
bers can be cut and drilled at a m
uch faster rate than steel. Typically, fiberglass can be fabricat-ed in less than half the tim
e. As a result, substantial labor savings
will be realized. A
lso, Aickinstrut products average 1⁄3 the w
eight of their steel counterparts, m
aking them m
uch easier to handle on the job site.
RELATIVE MATERIAL COSTS
Aickinstrut m
aterials are advantageously priced relative to special-ty m
etals traditionally used in corrosive environments. A
ickinstrut, even though slightly m
ore expensive than pre-galvanized channel, can be used w
ith the knowledge that it w
ill not have to be main-
tained regularly or replaced after a brief time. Should pre-galva-
nized channel have to be replaced once, its cost far outweighs the
expense of doing the initial installation with A
ickinstrut.
MATERIAL
The finished Aickinstrut application w
ill utilize a combination of
materials from
the following resin fam
ilies:
Material C
od
e M
aterial
E
P
VC
(extruded)
P
P
olyester (pultruded)
V
V
inyl ester (pultruded)
P
U
Polyurethane (injection m
olded)
P
P
Polypropylene (injection m
olded)
N
N
ylon (injection molded)
The ability of each material to handle high and low
temperatures,
chemical exposures and static loads is covered in each of the fol-
lowing sections. By using these criteria, you w
ill be able to select the optim
al Aickinstrut C
hannel, Fittings and Accessories for your
particular applications.
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
In order to design an Aickinstrut system
for your application, consideration should be given to the m
aximum
operating condi-tions. These “w
orst case” conditions will determ
ine which type of
Aickinstrut m
aterials are best suited for your application. The three “w
orst case” operating conditions to consider are:
Temperature
Chem
ical Environment
Loading
Tempera
ture R
anges – A
ickinstrut is supplied in six different m
aterials covering distinct temperature ranges. M
aterials should be chosen w
hich meet or exceed the m
inimum
and maxim
um
temperatures for your applications.
M
aterial L
ow
H
igh
Co
de
Temp
erature
Temp
erature
E
-25°F
130°F
P
-35°F
200°F
V
-35°F
200°F
P
U
-40°F
140°F
P
P
-30°F
150°F
N
-20°F
150°F
The temperature ranges indicated are m
eant to be used only as a general guideline. C
ontinual exposure to elevated temperatures
reduces the strength properties of plastics and glass reinforced fiberglass. A
ctual resin test data confirms that a 50%
reduction in strength occurs at the extrem
e high temperature levels.
Chem
ical R
esistance – Each resin fam
ily has its ow
n specifications regarding its performance against
corrosion resistance. Use the follow
ing chart to deter-m
ine which A
ickinstrut material system
will provide the
best performance for your particular application. The
results in the chart are based upon imm
ersion for a 24 hour period. This is typically the “w
orst case” exposure to corrosion. Less severe contact such as spills, splashes and vapor condensate w
ill exceed the performance
results listed in the table.
Loadin
g – C
hannel loading is defined on pages 112. A
dditional loading and design limitations for fittings and
accessories are described in the appropriate section for that part.
Technical Information
Aickinstrut S
pecifications
Fiberglass
4.4 Channel section lengths shall be supplied in 10' or
20' lengths (±1⁄8").
4.5 U
niversal Pipe Clam
ps shall have full interlocking contact w
ith interior channel flanges to maxim
ize pull-out resistance and be adjustable to accom
mo-
date a minim
um 3⁄4" variance in piping or conduit
O.D
. sizes.
5.0 STANDARDS5.1
Glass reinforced and PV
C channels covered in this
specification shall have a flame spread rating of
25 or less when tested per A
STM E84 and m
eet the requirem
ents of UL 94V
0 thereby qualifying them
as Class 1 m
aterial in the Uniform
Building C
ode.
5.2 G
lass reinforced channels covered in this specifica-tion shall com
ply with the requirem
ents of ASTM
D
3917 and ASTM
D 4385 w
hich govern the dimen-
sional tolerance and visual defects of pultruded shapes.
6.0 GENERAL6.1
Aickinstrut N
onmetallic C
hannel Framing shall be
furnished as a system w
hich includes all the neces-sary fasteners, channel splice plates, brackets, sealants, hangers, pipe clam
ps, etc.
6.2 N
onmetallic fasteners shall be m
anufactured from
long glass fiber reinforced polyurethane to ensure m
aximum
strength and corrosion resistance.
6.3 A
ll components of the A
ickinstrut Channel Fram
-ing System
shall be nonmetallic except w
here type 316 stainless steel hardw
are is used as part of the assem
bly.
6.4 A
ickinstrut is manufactured by A
ickinstrut, a sub-sidiary of T. J. C
ope, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1-800-426-4293.
6.5 The manufacturer shall not have had less than 10
years experience in manufacturing strut system
s.
6.6 All products are m
anufactured in the United States
of Am
erica.
Aickinstrut Specifications
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers the requirem
ents for the A
ickinstrut Nonm
etallic Channel Fram
ing System.
2.0 MATERIAL
2.1 FRP channel shall be of pultruded glass reinforced polyester or vinyl ester resin having the physical property values listed in this catalog.
2.2 PVC
channel shall be of extruded polyvinyl chlo-ride having the physical property values listed in this catalog.
2.3 Som
e accessories shall be of injection molded,
40% long glass fiber reinforced polyurethane,
polypropylene or nylon.
3.0 COMPOSITION
3.1 Glass reinforced channel shall have a synthetic
surfacing veil applied on exterior surfaces to im-
prove weatherability and inhibit ultraviolet deg-
radation. An ultraviolet stabilizer shall be incor-
porated in the resin formulation to further inhibit
ultraviolet degradation.
3.2 PV
C channel shall be m
anufactured from a U
.V. stabilized resin and incorporate dark gray pigm
ent to im
prove weatherability and inhibit ultraviolet
degradation.
4.0 STRUCTURAL DESIGN4.1
Channel shall incorporate A
ickinstrut's patented flange profile design w
hich allows full and positive
interlocking contact of channel accessories and prohibits prem
ature flange failure from torqued ac-
cessories.
4.2 C
hannel profile dimensions shall be:
15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" x 1⁄8",
11⁄2" x 1
1⁄2" x 1⁄8", or
11⁄2" x 1
1⁄8" x 1⁄8".4.3 A
ll 15⁄8" x 1
5⁄8" channel profiles shall have a m
inimum
pull out resistance of 1,000 pounds w
hen load is applied over a 3⁄8" long section of the inside flanges.
Technical Information
Aickinstrut S
pecifications
®
Chem
ical Com
patibility Table
Legend: “N
R” indicates “Not Recom
mended” for use;
“R” indicates “Recomm
ended”; “–” indicates no inform
ation available
Technical Information
Chemical
Series E (Rigid PVC) 70°-160°F
Series P (Poly/Glass) 70°-160°F
Series V (Vinyl/Glass)
70°-160°F
Series K (PVDF)
70°-160°F
Series PU (Polyurethane)
70°-160°F
Series N (Nylon)
70°-160°FAcetic Acid, Up to 10%
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
NRNR
Acetic Acid, Up to 50%R
RR
RR
RR
RR
–NR
NRAcetone, Up to 10%
NRNR
NRNR
NRNR
NRNR
R–
RR
Aluminum
HydroxideR
RR
RR
RR
RR
–NR
NR
Amm
onium Hydroxide
(Aqueous Amm
onia), Up to 5%R
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–
Amm
onium Hydroxide, Up to 10%
RR
NRNR
R150°
RR
R–
––
Amm
onium Hydroxide, Up to 20%
RR
NRNR
R150°
RR
R–
––
Amm
onium Nitrate
RNR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Amm
onium Phosphate
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Amm
enium Sulfide, saturated
RR
NRNR
R120°
RR
R–
––
Aqua Regia, fumes
NRNR
NRNR
R150°
RR
NR–
––
BenzeneNR
NRNR
NRNR
NRNR
RR
RR
RBenzoic Acid
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Bromine, w
et gasR
NRNR
NRR
100°R
R–
––
–Butylene Glycol, Up to 100%
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
RR
Butyric Acid, Up to 50%NR
NRR
RR
RR
RR
––
–Calcium
HydroxideR
RR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–Calcium
HypochloriteR
RR
NRR
RR
RR
–NR
NRChlorine, Dry Gas
NRNR
NRNR
RR
RR
––
––
Chlorine, Wet Gas
NRNR
NRNR
RR
RR
––
––
Chlorine, LiquidNR
NRNR
NRNR
NRR
R–
––
–Chlorine, W
aterNR
NRR
RR
RR
RR
–NR
NRChrom
ic Acid, Up to 5%R
RNR
NRR
RR
R–
–R
RCopper Chloride
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Copper CyanideR
RR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–Copper Fluoride
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Copper NitrateR
RR
RR
RR
RR
––
–Copper Sulfate
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Dechlorinated Brine StorageR
R–
–R
RR
RR
––
–Esters, Fatty Acid
NRNR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Ferric ChlorideR
RR
RR
RR
RR
––
–Ferrous Chloride
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Fluoboric AcidR
RR
120°R
RR
R–
––
–Fluosilicic Acid, Up to 10%
NRNR
NRNR
RR
RR
––
NRNR
Fluosilicic Acid, Up to 32%NR
NRNR
NRR
100°R
R–
––
–Form
ic Acid, Up to 10%R
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
–NR
NRForm
ic Acid, Up to 50%R
RNR
NRR
100°R
RR
––
–Gasoline, Aviation
RNR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Green Liquor, Pulp Mill
RR
––
RR
RR
––
––
Hydrochloric Acid Up to 15%R
RR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–Hydrochloric Acid Up to 37%
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Hydrofluoric Acid, Up to 10%R
RNR
NRR
150°R
R–
––
–Hydrofluoric Acid, Up to 20%
RNR
NRNR
R100°
RR
––
––
Hydrogen Chloride, Wet Gas
NRNR
RNR
RR
RR
NR–
––
Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet Gas
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Fiberglass
Chem
ical Com
patibility Table
The recomm
endations contained in this table are made w
ithout guarantee of representation as to results. Since the actual use by others is beyond our control, no guarantee, expressed or im
plied, is made by T.J. C
ope, Inc. as to effects of such use or results to be obtained nor does T.J. C
ope, Inc. assume any liability arising out of the use by others of the products referenced in this table. N
or is the information herein to be construed
as absolutely complete since additional inform
ation may be needed or desirable w
hen particular or exceptional conditions or circumstances exist or
because of applicable laws or governm
ent regulations. We suggest that you evaluate these recom
mendations and suggestions in your ow
n laboratory prior to use. O
ur responsibility for claims arising from
breach of warranty, negligence, or otherw
ise is limited to the purchase price of the m
aterial.
Legen
d:
“NR” indicates “N
ot Recomm
ended” for use; “R” indicates “Recomm
ended”; “–” indicates no information available
Technical Information
Chemical
Series E (Rigid PVC) 70°-160°F
Series P (Poly/Glass) 70°-160°F
Series V (Vinyl/Glass)
70°-160°F
Series K (PVDF)
70°-160°F
Series PU (Polyurethane)
70°-160°F
Series N (Nylon)
70°-160°F
Lactic AcidR
RR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–
Lead NitrateR
R–
–R
RR
RR
––
–
Magnesium
HydroxideR
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
–R
R
Nickel Sulfate, Low pH
RR
NRNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Nickel Sulfate, High pHR
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–
Nitric Acid, Up to 5%R
RNR
NRR
150°R
RR
––
–
Nitric Acid, Up to 35%R
RNR
NRR
150°R
RR
––
–
Nitric Acid, VaporR
RNR
NRR
RR
R–
––
–
Perchloric Acid, Up to 10%NR
NRNR
NRR
150°R
R–
–NR
NR
Pickling Liquids, 3-5% H2S04
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Phosphoric AcidR
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
–NR
NR
Phosphoric Acid, Super or Poly (115%, P20%
)R
RNR
NRR
RR
R–
––
–
Phosphoric Acid Vapor or CondensateR
RNR
NRR
RR
R–
––
–
Potassium Chloride
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Potassium Nitrate
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Potassium Persulfate
RR
NRNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Silver Cyanide, Up to 5%R
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–
Sodium Hydroxide, Up to 25%
RR
NRNR
R150°
RR
R–
––
Sodium Hydroxide, up to 50%
RR
NRNR
R180°
RR
––
RR
Sodium Hypochlorite, Up to 15%
RR
NRNR
R150°
RR
R–
NRNR
Sodium Nitrate
RR
RR
RR
RR
R–
––
Sodium Sulfate
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Sodium Sulfide
RR
NRNR
RR
RR
R–
––
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 25%R
RR
RR
RR
RR
–NR
NR
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 50%R
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
––
–
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 70%R
RNR
NRR
RR
RR
–NR
NR
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 75%NR
NRNR
NRR
120°R
R–
–NR
NR
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 80%NR
NRNR
NRNR
NRNR
NR–
–NR
NR
Sulfuric Acid, VaporR
RR
NRR
RR
R–
––
–
Trichlorethylene, Fumes
NRNR
NRNR
R120°
RR
NR–
––
Trisodium Phosphate
RR
RNR
RR
RR
R–
––
UreaR
RR
NRR
150°R
RR
–R
R
Vegetable OilsR
RR
RR
RR
RR
–R
R
VinegarR
RR
RR
RR
RR
RR
R
White Liquor, Pulp M
illR
R–
–R
RR
R–
––
–
®
CHANNEL AVAILABILITY CHARTThe follow
ing chart illustrates the availability of materials in the
different channel profiles.
Channel Profile Polyester (P)
Vinyl Ester (V) PVC (E)
Series 2000, 2200, 2300 X
X X
Series 1500, 1700, 1800 X
X N/A
Series 1000, 1200, 1300 X
X X
Series 2100 X
X N/A
Series 1600 X
X N/A
Series 1100 X
X N/A
CONCRETE EMBEDM
ENT CHANNEL PART NO. – 20E-2300In certain applications, it is necessary to em
bed a corro-sion resistant channel into a new
pouring of concrete. For these applications, A
ickinstrut concrete em
bedment channel is
recomm
ended. Aickinstrut em
-bedm
ent channel is available in three m
aterial types; PVC
, polyester and vinyl ester. The PV
C em
bedment channel is extruded
as one piece while the polyester and
vinyl ester embedm
ent channel is a two piece bonded type
design. The PVC
embedm
ent channel is available in the 15⁄8" and
11⁄8" profiles w
hile polyester and vinyl ester embedm
ent channels are available in all three profiles (1
5⁄8", 11⁄2" &
11⁄8").
The embedm
ent channel utilizes two continuous protruding flanges
in the profile base to retain the channel in the concrete. Mounting
the embedm
ent channel flush with the concrete surface is a conve-
nient way to secure piping, conduits or electrical enclosures to a
wall or ceiling. The PV
C em
bedment channel is extrem
ely high in strength. W
hen embedded in 3,000 PSI concrete, the concrete w
ill fail before the channel is pulled out.
AICKINSTRUT SST CHANNELA
ickinstrut SST Fiberglass Channel incorporates a standard chan-
nel profile that will accom
modate m
etallic pipe straps and clamps.
SST channel is available in polyester or vinyl ester resin. All
standard styles (solid, slotted, concrete insert and back-to-back) are also available. Please contact the factory for loading inform
ation for the SST C
hannel.
Aickinstrut SST C
hannel is not compatible
with the A
ickinstrut pipe clamps, channel nuts,
and grooved fittings shown in this catalog. Please
contact Aickinstrut for inform
ation on a complete
line of compatible clam
ps and channel nuts.
Aickinstrut
Patented
Flange
CHANNEL FRAMING
All A
ickinstrut channels, except the SST series, incorporate a patented flange design w
hich provides reliable fastening and interlock-ing of A
ickinstrut components and
accessories.
Channels are provided in standard
lengths of 10' with longer lengths available upon request. A
ick-instrut single channels com
e packaged in boxes of 100' while the
double channels are packaged in boxes containing 40'.
Aickinstrut channel is available in three m
aterials:
Polyester (P material),
Vinyl Ester (V m
aterial) and
PVC
(E material)
POLYESTER AND VINYL ESTER MATERIALS
The polyester and vinyl ester channels are manufactured from
the pultrusion process. In this process, the com
ponent is made by
reinforcing a polymer resin (polyester or vinyl ester) w
ith multiple
strands of glass filament, alternating layers of glass m
at and U.V.
resistant surfacing veils. The glass is drawn through the liquid res-
in, which coats and saturates the fibers. The com
bination of resin, glass and veil is then continuously guided and pulled (pultruded) through a heated die that determ
ines the shape of the component.
In the die, the resin is cured to form a perm
anent, reinforced part w
hich can be cut to a specific length. Since the hardened fiber-glass pultrusion is reinforced w
ith and internal arrangement of
permanently bonded continuous glass fibers, it possesses great
strength.
In addition, pultruded fiberglass components exhibit exceptional
corrosion and fire resistance. These attributes make fiberglass the
material of choice for m
any harsh industrial applications.
The polyester and vinyl ester channels are color coded. Polyester channels are colored gray and the vinyl ester channels are colored beige.
PVC MATERIALS
The PVC
channels are manufactured from
the extrusion process. In this process, the com
ponent is made by a PV
C resin m
ixture being continuously fed through a heated die that determ
ines the shape of the com
ponent.
In the die, the resin is cured to form a perm
anent, extruded part that can be cut to a specific length. U
nlike pultruded components,
extruded components do not incorporate glass-reinforcem
ent; consequently, they do not exhibit the sam
e beam strength as their
pultruded counterparts. PVC
components, how
ever; exhibit ex-ceptional corrosion and fire resistance. These features m
ake PVC
channels an excellent alternative w
hen excessive beam strength is
not required. PVC
channels are color coded dark gray.
Channel
Fiberglass
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
1"1
5⁄8"1⁄4"
15⁄8"
23⁄8"
15⁄8"
31⁄4"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
1"1
1⁄2"
1⁄4"2
3⁄8"1
1⁄2"
11⁄8"
11⁄2"
1"
11⁄2"
11⁄8"
11⁄8"
1⁄4"
11⁄2"
23⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
1"1
5⁄8"1⁄4"
15⁄8"
23⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
31⁄4"
3"1
1⁄2"
21⁄4"
11⁄2"
Standard
20P-2000, 20V-2000, 20E-2000S
lotted (1" x 3⁄8" Holes)
20P-2200, 20V-2200, 20E-2200W
ith Concrete Inserts
20P-2300, 20V-2300, 20E-2300B
ack-to-Back
20P-2100, 20V-2100
Standard
20P-1500, 20V-1500S
lotted (1" x 3⁄8" Holes)
20P-1700, 20V-1700W
ith Concrete Inserts
20P-1800, 20V-1800B
ack-to-Back
20P-1600, 20V-1600
Standard
20P-1000, 20V-1000, 20E-1000S
lotted (1" x 3⁄8" Holes)
20P-1200, 20V-1200, 20E-1200W
ith Concrete Inserts
20P-1300, 20V-1300, 20E-1300B
ack-to-Back
20P-1100, 20V-1100
Standard
20P-2000-SST, 20V-2000-SSTS
lotted (1" x 3⁄8" Holes)
20P-2200-SST, 20V-2200-SSTW
ith Concrete Inserts
20P-2300-SST, 20V-2300-SSTB
ack-to-Back
20P-2100-SST, 20V-2100-SST
HE
AV
Y D
UT
Y C
HA
NN
EL – A
ICK
INS
TR
UT
PR
OF
ILE
ME
DIU
M D
UT
Y C
HA
NN
EL – A
ICK
INS
TR
UT
PR
OF
ILE
LIG
HT
DU
TY
CH
AN
NE
L – AIC
KIN
ST
RU
T P
RO
FIL
E
HE
AV
Y D
UT
Y C
HA
NN
EL – S
TAN
DA
RD
PR
OF
ILE
Channel
®
Section P
roperties
Beam
Loading – PVC
Flange Loading
The data listed in the Beam Loading C
hart reflects testing conducted on Polyester (Type P) and vinyl ester (Type V) channels. PV
C
(Type E) material w
ill differ from the Polyester/Vinyl ester Beam
Loading Chart. To obtain the beam
loading for PVC
channel, reduce the load as follow
s:
(P
olyester/Vinyl E
ster Beam
Load)
PV
C B
eam L
oad = ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
4
Note: PV
C is not recom
mended for lengths over 24" F
LA
NG
EL
OA
D
Pull-out strength is the channel's resistance to a clam
p or fastener inserted under the flange and put under tension. For additional infor-m
ation concerning specific channels, materi-
als and their pull-out strengths, refer to the channel flange pull-out chart on the right.
Heavy Duty ChannelPull-Out Strength*
20V-2000449
20P-2000360
20E-2000260
Medium
Duty ChannelPull-Out Strength*
20V-1500229
20P-1500219
Light Duty ChannelPull-Out Strength*
20E-1000239
20P-1000213
20V-1000213
*Values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor
Section Num
berHeight
Width
Weight
AreaX - X Axis
Y - Y Axis
IR
C1
C2
IR
C
(in.)(in.)
(lbs./ft.)(in. 2)
(in. 4)(in.)
(in.)(in.)
(in. 4)(in.)
(in.)2000
15⁄8
15⁄8
0.821.06
0.310.54
0.700.93
0.420.63
0.82
21003
1⁄21
5⁄81.64
2.121.77
0.911.63
1.630.85
0.630.82
15001
1⁄21
1⁄20.55
0.710.19
0.520.62
0.880.25
0.590.75
16003
11⁄2
1.101.42
1.020.85
1.501.50
0.490.59
0.75
10001
1⁄81
1⁄20.47
0.610.10
0.400.51
0.620.22
0.600.75
11002
1⁄21
1⁄20.94
1.220.42
0.591.13
1.130.44
0.600.75
XX
YY
XX
YY
Channel Loading
Fiberglass
Polyester/V
inyl Ester B
eam Loading C
hart
Channel Loading
SpanPart No.
Max. Uniform
Beam Load
(Safety Factor - 3:1) Load (lbs.)
Uniform Load at
Defl. of 1/360 Span Deflection (in.)
Maxim
um
Column
Load (lbs.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs.)
12"S
pan
20P/V-21005,559
0.0285,559
0.033
9,454
20P/V-16004,836
0.0433,778
7,007
20P/V-11003,804
0.0821,556
5,961
20P/V-20003,561
0.1021,159
5,160
20P/V-15001,950
0.093700
3,439
20P/V-10001,629
0.151359
2,759
18"S
pan
20P/V-21003,706
0.0642,914
0.050
8,866
20P/V-16003,224
0.0961,697
6,501
20P/V-11002,536
0.183691
5,509
20P/V-20002,374
0.230515
4,704
20P/V-15001,300
0.209311
3,136
20P/V-10001,086
0.340160
2,351
24"S
pan
20P/V-21002,780
0.1131,639
0.067
8,181
20P/V-16002,418
0.171944
5,909
20P/V-11001,902
0.326389
4,979
20P/V-20001,781
0.410290
4,168
20P/V-1500975
0.371175
2,778
20P/V-1000815
0.60590
1,862
30"S
pan
20P/V-21002,224
0.1771,049
0.083
7,405
20P/V-16001,934
0.267604
5,236
20P/V-11001,522
0.509249
4,375
20P/V-20001,424
0.640185
3,553
20P/V-1500780
0.580112
2,369
20P/V-1000652
0.94557
1,298
36"S
pan
20P/V-21001,853
0.254730
0.100
6,451
20P/V-16001,612
0.384420
4,482
20P/V-11001,268
0.734173
3,698
20P/V-20001,187
0.922129
2,859
20P/V-1500650
0.83678
1,906
20P/V-1000543
1.36040
901
48"S
pan
20P/V-21001,390
0.452410
0.133
4,534
20P/V-16001,209
0.683236
2,809
20P/V-1100951
1.30497
2,254
20P/V-2000890
1.63872
1,636
20P/V-1500488
1.48644
1,091
20P/V-1000407
2.41822
507
60"S
pan
20P/V-21001,112
0.707262
0.167
2,902
20P/V-1600967
1.067151
1,798
20P/V-1100761
2.03862
1,442
20P/V-2000712
2.56046
1,047
20P/V-1500390
2.32128
698
20P/V-1000326
3.77914
324
72"S
pan
20P/V-2100927
1.018182
0.200
2,015
20P/V-1600806
1.536105
1,248
20P/V-1100634
2.93543
1,001
20P/V-2000594
3.68632
727
20P/V-1500325
3.34319
485
20P/V-1000272
5.44110
225
®
20
P-2
51
0, 2
0V
-25
10
(Flat)2
0P
-28
10
R, 2
0V
-28
10
R (G
rvd)2
0P
-28
10
L, 20
V-2
81
0L (G
rvd)
20
P-2
51
2, 2
0V
-25
12
(Flat)2
0P
-28
12
, 20
V-2
81
2 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
51
4, 2
0V
-25
14
(Flat)2
0P
-28
14
, 20
V-2
81
4 (G
rooved)
47⁄8"
31⁄4"
47⁄8"
31⁄4"
31⁄4"
31⁄4"
Aickinstrut C
hannel Fittings are required to fabricate an A
ickinstrut structure and are easily attached to A
ickinstrut Channels w
ith channel nuts and polyurethane fasten-ers. The fittings are offered in tw
o types; fabricated (cut from
flat stock) or molded.
Fabricated fittings are made from
either polyester or vinyl ester m
aterial. All m
olded fittings w
ith the exception of the post bases are m
olded in polyurethane. Post bases are also offered in polypropylene.
The 2500 Series Fittings are manufactured
from 1⁄2" flat m
aterial. The 2800 Series Fittings are m
anufactured from 3⁄8" flat m
a-terial and feature grooves w
hich stabilize the fittings w
hen mounted to the open side
of the channel. All channel fittings are
provided with 13⁄32" holes w
hich accom-
modate 3⁄8" hardw
are, however several
of the new m
olded fittings come w
ith 9⁄16" holes 50PU
-2616, 50PU-2611, and
50PU-2613. Larger diam
eter holes can be provided upon special request.
No
te: Illustrations depict grooved channel fittings.
20
P-2
50
0, 2
0V
-25
00
(Flat)2
0P
-28
00
, 20
V-2
80
0 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
50
6, 2
0V
-25
06
(Flat)2
0P
-28
06
, 20
V-2
80
6 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
50
2, 2
0V
-25
02
(Flat)2
0P
-28
02
, 20
V-2
80
2 (G
rooved)2
0P
-25
04
, 20
V-2
50
4 (Flat)
20
P-2
80
4, 2
0V
-28
04
(Grooved)
50
PU
-26
16
2
0P
-25
08
, 20
V-2
50
8 (Flat)
20
P-2
80
8, 2
0V
-28
08
(Grooved)
31⁄4"
47⁄8"
61⁄2"
81⁄8"
17⁄8"
71⁄4"
25⁄32"
31⁄4"
31⁄4"
Note: 9⁄16" diameter holes
Channel Fittings
Legen
dR = Right H
and
L = Left Hand
P Series Fittings are Grey
V Series Fittings are Beige
2500 Series - Flat
2800 Series - Grooved
Fiberglass
20
P-2
51
6, 2
0V
-25
16
(Flat)2
0P
-28
16
R, 2
0V
-28
16
R (G
rvd)2
0P
-28
16
L, 20
V-2
81
6L (G
rvd)
20
P-2
51
8, 2
0V
-25
18
(Flat)2
0P
-28
18
, 20
V-2
81
8 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
52
0, 2
0V
-25
20
(Flat)2
0P
-28
20
, 20
V-2
82
0 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
52
2, 2
0V
-25
22
(Flat)2
0P
-28
22
, 20
V-2
82
2 (G
rooved)2
0P
-25
24
, 20
V-2
52
4 (Flat)
20
P-2
82
4, 2
0V
-28
24
(Grooved)
20
P-2
52
6, 2
0V
-25
26
(Flat)2
0P
-28
26
, 20
V-2
82
6 (G
rooved)
31⁄4"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
31⁄4"
31⁄4"
31⁄4"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
Channel Fittings
20
P-2
52
8, 2
0V
-25
28
(Flat)2
0P
-28
28
, 20
V-2
82
8 (G
rooved)2
0P
-25
30
, 20
V-2
53
0 (Flat)
20
P-2
83
0, 2
0V
-28
30
(Grooved)
20
P-2
53
4, 2
0V
-25
34
(Flat)2
0P
-28
34
, 20
V-2
83
4 (G
rooved)
20
P-2
54
1, 2
0V
-25
41
(Flat)
20
P-2
54
0, 2
0V
-25
40
(Flat)2
0P
-28
40
, 20
V-2
84
0 (G
rooved)5
0P
U-2
61
1 (Flat)
51⁄4"3
5⁄8"
81⁄8"
31⁄4"
81⁄8"
47⁄8"
17⁄8"
31⁄2"
51⁄4"
51⁄4" 45
4"
4"
®
50
PU
-20
45
(15⁄8")
20
PU
-58
53
(15⁄8"), 2
0P
U-5
85
4 (1
1⁄2"), 2
0P
U-5
85
5 (1
5⁄8"), 20
PP
-58
53
(15⁄8"),
20
PP
-58
54
(11⁄2"), 2
0P
P-5
85
5 (1
1⁄2")
50
PU
-26
36
1, 50
PU
-26
36
A2, 5
0P
U-2
63
6B
3, 50
PU
-29
36
4
50
PU
-20
90
(15⁄8")
20
PU
-59
03
(31⁄4"), 2
0P
U-5
90
4 (3"),
20
PU
-59
05
(21⁄4"), 2
0P
P-5
90
3 (3
1⁄4"), 2
0P
P-5
90
4 (3"), 2
0P
P-5
90
5 (2
1⁄4")
41⁄2"
51⁄2"
4"
15⁄8"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
3"
5"5"
3"
5"6 5⁄8"
50
PU
-26
13
(Flat)
50
PU
-15
08
(11⁄2")
50
PU
-20
08
(15⁄8")
17⁄8"
513⁄32"
25⁄32"
47⁄8"
47⁄8"
50
PU
-25
38
(Flat)
4"
5"1
5⁄8"
1) 50PU-2636 – Flat, without splines
2) 50PU-2636A – Splines on long side only
3) 50PU-2636B – Splines on short side only
4) 50PU-2936 – Splines on both long and short sides
Note: 9⁄16" diameter holes
50
PU
-26
11
-SP
2
0P
-25
42
, 20
V-2
54
2 (Flat)
17⁄8"
Note: 9⁄16" diameter holes
17⁄16"
19⁄16"3"
31⁄4"
15⁄8"
Channel Fittings
Fiberglass
TYPE 2 DESIGN LOADThe design loading show
n can be achieved w
ith the addition of a vertical stop lock as-sem
bly (Part #200-4219) installed directly beneath the pipe clam
p. The adjacent illustration show
s how the vertical stop lock
assembly provides additional support for
pipe and how it can be used to achieve full
Type 2 design loads.
Design loads are based on a minim
um clam
p slip safety factor or 3:1. It is recom
mended that stop
lock assemblies be used for all vertical pipe support applications.
There are two types of piping system
loadings, overhead (Type 1) and vertical (Type 2) as described below
. All A
ickinstrut pipe straps and clam
ps show the recom
mended loading for both types
of loading.
TYPE 1 DESIGN LOADThe design load show
n represents pipes supported below
the strut. The design loads show
n are based on a minim
um
ultimate failure safety factor of 3:1.
Pipe Clamps
Aickinclam
ps Design Load Inform
ation
Adjustable P
ipe Clam
ps
Aickinstrut A
djustable Pipe Clam
ps are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are adjustable to accom
modate a
wide range of outside diam
eters. They can be utilized with a
variety of piping systems including: PV
C, fiberglass, copper, rigid
steel conduit and PVC
coated rigid steel conduit. Aickinclam
ps sized 6
1⁄2" – 20" are to be used only in non-load bearing applica-tions. These are applications w
here the weight of the pipe is being
supported by Aickinstrut structural m
embers (see figure on right).
Part Num
berO.D. Pipe Size (in.)
Design Load (lbs.)*
Torque
Type 1Type 2
(ft./lbs.)200-3100
1⁄2 – 1
1⁄2135
6510 in./lbs.
200-31101
1⁄2 – 2
1⁄4
3
200-31202
1⁄4 – 3
1⁄4145
70200-3130
3 –
4215
200-31404
– 6
1⁄2
200-31506
1⁄2 – 8
Non-Load Bearing
200-31608
– 10
200-317010
– 12
200-318012
– 14
200-319014
– 16
200-320016
– 18
200-321018
– 20
*Design loads shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
200-3100 to 200-3140
200-3150 to 200-3210
50
PU
-50
0S
P – C
hannel Spacers
Channel spacers are designed to prevent w
all com
pression under heavy loading conditions. Such loading occurs during the torquing of hardw
are for channel fittings. The spacers are m
olded from poly-
urethane and will accom
modate 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" bolts.
The spacers are designed to be used only with 1
5⁄8" and 1
1⁄2" channels.
Aickinclam
ps can safely be used in temperatures up to 160°F.
For operating temperatures of 160-230°F, it is recom
mended to
use PVD
F clamps. PV
DF clam
ps are available as a special order. C
ontact the factory for pricing and availability. Care should be
taken not to exceed 3 ft./lbs. of torque on the adjustable pipe straps.
®
Rigid P
ipe Clam
ps
Part No.
Nominal
Size (in.)
PVC Sch. 80 &
Rigid Metal
Design Loads (lbs.)*FRP Bolt Size (in.)
FRP Bolt Torque
(ft./lbs.)Type 1
Type 2
PCR-0501⁄2
0.840
22590
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3
PCR-0753⁄4
1.050PCR-100
11.315
PCR-1251
1⁄41.660
PCR-1501
1⁄21.900
PCR-2002
2.375PCR-250
21⁄2
2.875PCR-300
33.500
PCR-4004
4.500300
125PCR-600
66.625
PCR-8008
8.625*Design loads show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Aickinstrut Rigid Pipe C
lamps resem
ble the more traditional style
of pipe clamps. These clam
ps are made from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are sized based on the pipe inside diam
eter or nom
inal size.
Polyurethane clamps are recom
mended for applications up to
160°F. For high temperature applications (up to 230°F), PV
DF
clamps are available as a special order. C
ontact the factory for pricing and availability.
Care should be taken not to exceed the recom
mended torque
values of the rigid pipe clamps.
Pipe Clamps
Two H
ole Pipe S
traps
Aickinstrut Tw
o Hole Pipe Straps are designed for use in secur-
ing pipe, conduit and ducts to Aickinstrut C
hannel. Two hole
fiberglass straps can also be used independently from the channel
for surface mounting. A
ll sizes of the straps are suitable for load bearing applications.
The two hole pipe straps are m
anufactured from a fire-retardant,
PartNo.
Dimension
Bolt Size(in.)
Material
Size (in.)Design Load (lbs)*
Torque(ft./lbs.)
A (in.)B (in.)
Type 1Type2
PS0500.840
4.840
1⁄21⁄4 X 1
5⁄8
13550
4
PS0751.050
5.050
PS1001.315
5.315
PS1501.900
5.900
PS2002
3⁄86.375
PS2502
7⁄86.875
PS3003
1⁄27.500
PS3504
8.000
PS4004
1⁄28.500
17560
PS5005
9⁄169.563
PS6006
5⁄810.625
PS8008
5⁄812.625
225125
PS100010
3⁄415.750
5⁄8
1⁄4 X 15⁄8
225125
10
PS120012
3⁄416.250
PS140014
18.0003⁄8 X 1
5⁄8250
150PS1600
1620.000
PS180018
23.000
glass reinforced polyester resin. For extreme chem
ical environ-m
ents, the straps can be manufactured from
vinyl ester resin. Larger diam
eter straps for special applications are also available. C
ontact the factory for pricing and availability of vinyl ester and large diam
eter straps. Two hole pipe straps should not be torqued
above recomm
ended values.
AB
*Design loads shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Notes: Bolts and channel nuts are sold separately.
When bolting onto 1
5⁄8" or 11⁄2" channel
a 11⁄4" long bolt is required.
Fiberglass
Includes: Cushion, V-pad, and Hardware.
Materials: Cushion: Therm
oplastic elastomer.
Hardware: Stainless Steel w
ith Captured Nylon LocknutTem
perature Rating: -40°F to +275°FNote: For use w
ith SST Style Strut only
Part No.
O.D. Tube Sizes
Diameters
PullOut Load/Lbs
Slip Load/Lbs
PS TP-0251⁄4
3⁄81⁄2
0.25 - 0.54
50040
PS TP-6255⁄8
3⁄47⁄8
0.62 - 0.87PS TP-875
7⁄81
11⁄8
0.87 - 1.12PS TP-100
11
1⁄81
1⁄41.00 - 1.31
Part No.
Nominal
Pipe SizeDim
ensions (In.)Hex Head Cap
Screw &
Lock NutW
t/100 pcs Lbs
“A”“B”
“C”“D”
PS TP-0251⁄4
115⁄16
13⁄8
3⁄83⁄16
1⁄4-20 x 11⁄2"
4PS TP-625
3⁄82
3⁄81
5⁄87⁄16
1⁄41⁄4-20 x 2"
6PS TP-875
1⁄22
9⁄161
13⁄165⁄16
8PS TP-100
3⁄42
11⁄161
15⁄168
Aickin-A
-Grip (SST Style C
hannel Only)
B
CD
V-P
ad
17⁄16"
A
Part No.
Nominal Pipe Sizes
Diameters
PullOut Load/Lbs
Slip Load/Lbs
PS TP-0251⁄4
–0.25 - 0.54
50040
PS TP-6253⁄8
1⁄20.62 - 0.87
PS TP-8753⁄4
–0.87 - 1.12
PS TP-1001
1.00 - 1.31
Tube Sizes
Pipe Sizes
Five sizes of pipe…
U
sing just four sizes of clamp.
using both Tube & Pipe Sizes
Pipe Clamps
Supplied in 10 foot lengths
20
E-5
00
0 – C
hannel Capping Strip
Channel C
apping Strip is made from
PVC
and installs sim
ply by pressing it onto the channel opening. It is designed to be used w
hen a cover is desired for the channel opening (such as concrete em
bedment
channel).
AIC
-EC
– Channel End C
ap
The Aickin-End C
ap is made from
red PVC
and designed for 1
5⁄8" channel. End caps are desired w
hen the ends of the channel need to be enclosed. The A
ickin-End Cap
easily installs by pressing it onto the end of the channel opening.
SizeRange
CapturedNylon Lock-Nut
HexBolt
"V" Pad
"V" Pad1- 5⁄8" Series
Channel
®
Nonm
etallic U-bolts
Part No.
Size“A”
“B”“C”
“D”“TL”
Load (lbs.)*
Torque (in./lbs.)*
UB-0501⁄2
0.937
0.375
1.5682.412
1.25
135
40UB-075
3⁄41.125
1.6622.600
UB-1001
1.3751.787
2.850UB-125
11⁄4
1.6871.943
3.162UB-150
11⁄2
2.0002.100
3.475UB-200
22.437
0.500
2.4684.187
1.5080
UB-2502
1⁄22.937
2.7184.687
UB-3003
3.5623.031
5.312UB-350
31⁄2
4.0623.281
5.812UB-400
44.562
3.5316.312
UB-6006
6.7500.625
5.7509.875
3.25120
*Torque and load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Aickinstrut N
onmetallic U
-Bolts provide a corrosion resistant alternative to traditional metal-
lic U-Bolts. M
ade from glass-reinforced polyurethane, these bolts w
ill outlast stainless steel in m
ost corrosive applications. Nonm
etallic U-Bolts have oversized diam
eters which allow
them
to hold steel conduit and plastic pipe.
Each U-Bolt com
es with tw
o polyurethane hex nuts. Additional nuts and w
ashers can be purchased separately.
The U-Bolts can also be installed to allow
for thermal expansion and contraction of plastic
pipe as shown here.
C
BA
TL
D
Note: Plate not included. Illustration purpose only
Pipe Clamps
Fiberfast Bolts
Fiberfast bolts are provided in two styles and five diam
eters ( 1⁄4", 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and
3⁄4") and range in length from 1
1⁄4" to 31⁄2". The
flanged style incorporates a molded w
asher collar which elim
inates the need for a w
asher. The flanged style is provided for 1⁄4" and 1⁄2" diam
eter bolts. Flanged bolts are available in 3⁄8" diameter
as a special order item. The hex head style is provided for all
3⁄8", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" diameter bolts. A
ll Fiberfast bolts are not fully
threaded, therefore, shoulder length (nonthreaded portion) dimen-
sions have been provided. Fiberfast bolts are ideal for mechanical
connections that require a high degree of corrosion resistance. The 3⁄8" diam
eter fasteners are recomm
ended for all channel fitting m
echanical connections. All Fiberfast bolts are m
anufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are packaged in bags contain-ing 25 pieces.
Hex Flange B
olts
PartNo.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
Shank Shear (lbs.)*
Shoulder Length
Torque (ft./lbs.)
250PU-0751⁄4 x 3⁄4
110210
Full Thread10 In./lbs.
250PU-1001⁄4 x 1
250PU-1501⁄4 x 1
1⁄21⁄2
500PU-1251⁄2 x 1
1⁄4
450870
Full Thread
8
500PU-1501⁄2 x 1
1⁄2500PU-200
1⁄2 x 23⁄4
500PU-2501⁄2 x 2
1⁄2500PU-300
1⁄2 x 31
500PU-3501⁄2 x 3
1⁄22
3⁄16*Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Shoulder
Length
Hex B
olts
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
Shank Shear (lbs.)*
Shoulder Length
(in.)
Torque (ft./lbs.)
375PU-1253⁄8 x 1
1⁄4
250470
Full Thread
3375PU-150
3⁄8 x 11⁄2
1⁄4375PU-200
3⁄8 x 21⁄2
375PU-2503⁄8 x 2
1⁄23⁄4
375PU-3003⁄8 x 3
1625PU-125
5⁄8 x 11⁄4
7001,360
1⁄412
625PU-1505⁄8 x 1
1⁄2625PU-200
5⁄8 x 2625PU-250
5⁄8 x 21⁄2
625PU-3005⁄8 x 3
625PU-3505⁄8 x 3
1⁄21
1⁄4*Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Shoulder
Length
Fiberglass
Fasteners
Vinyl E
ster Square H
ead Bolts
Vinyl ester square head bolts are used for concrete m
ounting and general purpose fastening applications. The square head bolts are constructed from
vinyl ester all-thread rod and vinyl ester square nuts. The units are bonded together w
ith a durable two part urethane adhe-
sive. The square head bolts are offered in 3⁄8" diameter
but can be supplied in other diameters as a special order.
Contact the factory for pricing and availability of special
diameter square head bolts.
Part No.
SizeThread Shear
(lbs.)*Torque
(ft./lbs.)*375V-100
3⁄8 x 1
250 10
375V-1253⁄8 x 1
1⁄4375V-150
3⁄8 x 11⁄2
375V-1753⁄8 x 1
3⁄4375V-200
3⁄8 x 2375V-250
3⁄8 x 21⁄2
375V-3003⁄8 x 3
375V-3503⁄8 x 3
1⁄2375V-400
3⁄8 x 4*Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Aickinstrut hex nuts are available in tw
o styles; hex and hex flange nuts. The A
ickinstrut hex nut is similar in design to the conven-
tional hex nut and is preferred for channel fitting connections. The A
ickinstrut hex flange nut is preferred for applications that require additional thread engagem
ent (such as with all-thread rod) or
maxim
um thread shear strength. A
ll nuts are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are packaged in bags contain-ing 25 pieces. A
ll hex and hex flange nuts are available in PVD
F and Polypropylene and m
etric sizes as a special order. Contact the
factory for pricing and availability.
Fiberfast Hex N
uts
Hex N
uts
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
HeightTorque
(ft./lbs.)
250PU-0001⁄4-20
1500.218
10 in./lbs.375PU-000
3⁄8-16460
0.3283
500PU-0001⁄2-13
8000.437
8625PU-000
5⁄8-111,000
0.54612
750PU-0003-10
0.64015
1000PU-0001-8
1,1000.859
17*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Hex Flange N
uts
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
HeightTorque
(ft./lbs.)
375PU-FN-0003⁄8-16
5000.750
3500PU-FN-000
1⁄2-131,200
0.8558
625PU-FN-0005⁄8-11
2,2001.220
12750PU-FN-000
3⁄4-102,900
1.59015
1000PU-FN-0001-8
1.75017
*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1safety factor.
Vinyl E
ster Square N
uts
Square nuts are manufactured from
pultrud-ed vinyl ester square stock. They are recom
mended for
applications that require high thread shear values. Square nuts are packaged in bags containing 25 pieces.
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
HeightTorque
(ft./lbs.)
375V-0003⁄8-16
1,3000.437
10500V-000
1⁄2-13
1,700
0.562625V-000
5⁄8-110.687
750V-0003⁄4-10
0.8121000V-000
1-80.937
*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Flat Washers
Flat Washers are m
ade from PV
C and are
available for 1⁄4" diameter through 1". PV
C
washers are recom
mended for connec-
tions that utilize hex nuts and bolts. PVC
w
ashers are packaged in bags containing 25 pieces.
Part No.
SizeOutside
Diameter
250E-9991⁄4
0.49375E-999
3⁄81.00
500E-9991⁄2
1.25625E-999
5⁄81.50
750E-9993⁄4
1.501000E-999
12.25
All-Thread W
ashers
Aickinstrut A
ll-Thread Washers are flat fiberglass w
shers for use with FRP all-thread rods.
All-Thread rod w
ashers are 1⁄4" thick with a 1
7⁄8" diameter and are available in polyester
or vinyl ester resin. To order vinyl ester, add the suffix “V” to the part num
ber. To order square w
ashers add the suffix “-SQ” to the part num
ber.
Part No. *
All-Thread Rod Size (in.)
WR375
3⁄8W
R5001⁄2
WR625
5⁄8W
R7503⁄4
* Add the suffix “V” to the part number to
specify vinyl ester Example “W
R500V”* Add the suffix “-SQ” to the part num
ber to specify square w
asher Example “W
R500-SQ”
15⁄8"
®
Channel N
utsC
hannel nuts are provided in two types; Standard D
uty and Heavy
Duty. Standard D
uty channel nuts are designed for light duty ap-plications that do not require high thread shear values. Standard duty channel nuts can also be used w
ith all sizes of Aickinstrut
Channel. H
eavy duty channel nuts are designed to be used where
high thread shear values or spring nuts are required. Heavy duty
channel nuts can not be used with Series 1000 C
hannel (light duty). A
ll channel nuts are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are packaged in bags containing 50 pieces. C
hannel nuts are also available in PVD
F as a special order. Con-
tact the factory for pricing and availability.
Fasteners
Heavy D
uty Channel N
uts
Part No.
SizeThread Shear
(lbs.)*Torque
(ft./lbs.)375PU-CNHD
3⁄8-16
1,400
8500PU-CNHD
1⁄2-13625PU-CNHD
5⁄8-1110
750PU-CNHD3⁄4-10
10PU-CNMHD
10 mm
812PU-CNM
HD12 m
m
16PU-CNMHD
16 m
m10
20PU-CNMHD
20 mm
*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Standard D
uty Channel N
uts
Part No.
SizeThread Shear
(lbs.)*Torque
(ft./lbs.)250PU-CN
1⁄4-20
460
2312PU-CN
5⁄16-18375PU-CN
3⁄8-16
3500PU-CN
1⁄2-1310PU-CN
10 mm
12PU-CN12 m
m
10PU-CNS#10 Screw
N/A*Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Part No.
Size
200-42263⁄8
200-42171⁄2
200-43415⁄8
200-43423⁄4
Saddle C
lipsA
ickinstrut Saddle Clips m
ake fastening through Aickinstrut chan-
nel much easier. The clips m
ate with the exterior of the channel
flanges and are secured with threaded rods and nuts. The saddle
clips are manufactured from
glass reinforced polyurethane and are supplied in bags of 50 pieces.
Stop-Lock A
ssemblies
Aickinstrut Stop-Lock A
ssemblies reduce the
chance of pipe slippage when running sup-
ports vertically. Stop-Locks are recomm
ended for applications that are subject to vibration, have regular contact w
ith fluids or are verti-cally m
ounted (Type 2). The Stop-Locks fit all three sizes of channel. Stop-Locks are offered w
ith a 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 5⁄8" bolt size. The 5⁄8" Stop-Lock A
ssembly is supplied w
ith a heavy duty channel nut (the 5⁄8" Stop-Lock A
ssembly
will not w
ork with the 1000 Series C
hannel).
The Stop-Lock Assem
blies' compo-
nents are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane.
Part No.
SizeForce Resis-tance (lbs.)*
Torque (ft./lbs.)
200-42273⁄8
2007
200-42191⁄2
22012
200-43435⁄8
25015
*Force resistance values shown represents a 3:1 safety factor.
Fabricated Beam
Clam
ps
Part No.
Flange Thickness
Thread Shear (lbs.)*
Torque (ft./lbs.)
20V-2BC-251⁄4
60010
20V-2BC-373⁄8
20V-2BC-501⁄2
*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Bolts and channel nuts are 1⁄2" diameter.
Fiberglass
Clevis hangers are available in tw
o styles; molded and hand lay-
up. The molded clevis hangers are m
anufactured from glass-re-
inforced polyurethane and are available for sizes 1⁄2" through 6".
The hand lay-up clevis hangers are manufactured from
glass-rein-forced vinyl ester resin and are available for sizes 1" through 24".
Clevis H
angers
Pipe Hangers & Accessories
Molded C
levis Hangers
Part No.
Nominal
Diameter
Max. Pipe O.D.
“A”“B”
“C”Hanger
RodLoad
(lbs.)*CVHPU-100
1⁄2 - 11
1.5004.25
1.251⁄2
670CVHPU-150
11⁄4 - 1
1⁄21
1⁄22.000
5.14CVHPU-200
11⁄2 - 2
22.500
6.52730
CVHPU-4002
1⁄2 - 44
5.12510.00
1.501,150
CVHPU-6004
1⁄2 - 66
6.75012.33
1,170*Design load values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Hand Lay-U
p Clevis H
angers
Part No.
Size Range A (In.)
Dimensions (in.)
Hanger Rod
Trans Rod
Spreader Rod O.D.
Loads (lbs.)*
TH
H1W
100-15001 – 1
1⁄21⁄8
23⁄4
17⁄8
11⁄2
1⁄2
3⁄81⁄2
60100-1501
11⁄2 – 2
31⁄2
23⁄8
60100-1502
2 – 25⁄8
43⁄4
32
90100-1503
21⁄2 – 3
1⁄45
1⁄23
5⁄8120
100-15043 – 3
7⁄81⁄8
74
1⁄42
5⁄8
160100-1505
4 – 51⁄8
3⁄168
1⁄25
5⁄8250
100-15066 – 7
1⁄810
7⁄87
1⁄23
300100-1507
8 – 91⁄4
1⁄414
93⁄4
350100-1508
10 – 113⁄8
1⁄418
124
5⁄81⁄2
3⁄4450
100-150912 – 13
1⁄221
1⁄214
1⁄85
600100-1510
14 – 153⁄4
241⁄2
161⁄2
3⁄4700
100-151116 – 18
3⁄827
3⁄819
1⁄2
63⁄4
3⁄41
750100-1512
19 – 2134
1⁄222
1⁄2800
100-151321 – 22
1⁄235
1⁄224
850100-1514
22 – 2441
28900
*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Beam
Clam
ps
Aickinstrut beam
clamps are available in tw
o styles; molded and
fabricated. The molded beam
clamps are m
anufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and can accomm
odate 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 5⁄8" hanger rod sizes. The m
olded beam clam
ps utilize the traditional “C
” clamp style design. The fabrication beam
clamps
are manufactured from
vinyl ester flat stock and utilize polyure-thane bolts and channel nuts for clam
ping. Fabricated beam
clamps are available for attaching to 1⁄4", 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" thick beam
flanges. Each fabricated beam clam
p assembly includes four (4)
1⁄2" standard duty channel nuts, four (4) 1⁄2" Polyurethane bolts and tw
o (2) attachment clips.
All A
ickinstrut beam clam
ps allow easy attachm
ent of threaded rod to “I” beam
s or other structural assemblies.
Molded B
eam C
lamps
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
Torque (ft./lbs.)
375PU-BC3⁄8
40010
500PU-BC1⁄2
*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Cope-G
las Beam
Clam
ps
Part No.
SizeThread Shear (lbs.)*
Torque (ft./lbs.)
RGBC-13⁄8
50010
RGBC-21⁄2
RGBC-35⁄8
Note: Beam clam
p clip m
ust be pur-chased separately. Illustration purpose only
Beam
Clip – 375PU
-BC
CLP ( 3⁄8")
®
Threaded Rod
Pultruded threaded rods are an excellent choice for hanging and fastening A
ickinstrut Channel. These rods can also be used w
ith either the A
ickinstrut vinyl ester square nuts, polyurethane hex nuts, hex flange nuts and A
ickinstrut channel nuts. All FRP threaded
rod is manufactured from
pultruded vinyl ester resin and is gray in color.
The standard rod lengths are 4' and 8'. Special lengths and threading are also available. C
ontact the factory for pricing and availability.
Part No.
SizeW
eightThread Shear (lbs.)*
Torque (ft./lbs.)
200-38273⁄8-16
0.07415
5200-3828
1⁄2-130.12
57010
200-38295⁄8-11
0.181,260
40200-3830
3⁄4-100.28
1,70050
200-38311-8
0.503,000
60* Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor. * To order eight foot lengths, add suffix “-96” to part num
ber (EX: 200-3827-96)
Pipe Supports
A-K
onnector Rod C
ouplers
are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are
pieces.
Part No.
SizeLength
Thread Shear (lbs.)*
200-38403⁄8-16
21⁄4
800200-3841
1⁄2-13870
200-38425⁄8-11
1,500200-3843
3⁄4-10* Thread shear values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Duraclam
p C-C
lamps
Duraclam
ps are glass-reinforced polyurethane C-C
lamps that are
designed to replace steel C-C
lamps in areas w
here corrosion is a problem
. The individual Duraclam
p components can also be
purchased separately.
Part No.
DescriptionThread Shear
(lbs.)* Torque
(ft./lbs.)390N-150
“C”-Clamp
2517
390N-BLTBolt
N/A390N-CLP
“C”25
N/A*Design load values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Note: Bolt Dimension is 5⁄8" x 2
1⁄2"
Channel H
angers A
IC-C
H-P (Polyester)
A
IC-C
H-V (Vinyl Ester)
The Aickin-C
hannel Hanger is designed to support fiberglass
structural “C” channel that is being used as a racew
ay system
for cables, tubing or small diam
eter piping. The Aickin-C
hannel H
anger is available in either polyester or vinyl ester resin and is sim
ply supported from a 1⁄2" FRP all-thread rod and beam
clamp
(not provided). The Channel H
anger will accom
modate “C
” chan-nel w
idth sizes 2" through 8".
Fiberglass
Pow
er-Rack S
tanchions
The Power-Rack Stanchion is the new
alternative to traditional iron cable stanchions used for utility and industrial cable sup-ports. M
ade entirely from glass-reinforced nylon, these stanchions
out-perform m
etallic supports against corrosion. The extended life-span of the Pow
er-Rack Stanchions makes them
the logical choice over m
etallic cable supports. The Power-Rack Stanchion is
available in two different lengths and four different arm
lengths. The unique interlocking design allow
s the arm to "lock" into nine
different levels on the 141⁄4" stanchions and fourteen on the 17
1⁄2" stanchion. G
lass-reinforced polyurethane stanchions are available as a special order. C
ontact the factory for pricing and availability.
Dimensions – The stanchion
back is designed with
9⁄16" wide x 15⁄16" long holes
to accept fasteners for mount-
ing. There are two m
ount-ing holes in the 21
3⁄8" long stanchion and three m
ounting holes in the 33
5⁄16" long stan-chion. Thickness at the slotted m
ounting holes is 17⁄8". The
mounting holes are spaced on
12" centers and require 1⁄2" diam
eter fasteners.
Part No.
DescriptionW
eightLoad
(lbs.)*20N-ARM
088" Arm
1.00
80020N-ARM
1414
1⁄4" Arm1.16
20N-ARM17
171⁄2" Arm
1.4520N-ARM
2323
7⁄8" Arm1.86
20N-STA2121
3⁄8" Stanchion1.49
N/A20N-STA33
335⁄16" Stanchion
2.31*Design load values show
n represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Installation – The Power-Rack Stanchions can be anchored into
existing concrete structures using any good quality industrial anchoring system
. For new concrete structures, the Pow
er-Rack Stanchions can be m
ounted to Aickinstrut concrete em
bedment
channel and attached with 1⁄2" channel nuts and 1⁄2"x 3" Fiberfast
Bolts.
Fire Retardance – Power-Rack m
aterials meet or exceed the require-
ments of U
L94 HB.
Loading – The recomm
ended allowable loads on Pow
er-Rack Stan-chions vary depending upon the position of the arm
. Following
the guidelines listed below w
ill ensure a safe, reliable installation.
distances to the w
all stanchion should not exceed 1200 in./lbs.
Example – A
cable weighing 200 lbs. is positioned on an
arm at a distance of 5" from
the wall stanchion.
If the total load is less than 800 lbs and the sum of the
load multiplied by their distances to the w
all stanchion does not exceed 1200 in./lbs., then the system
is ad-equate. In this case,
Pipe Supports
Wall B
rackets
Aickin-Brackets are available in a w
ide variety of sizes and con-figurations. These w
all brackets are made entirely from
Aickin-
strut material and are specifically designed to m
eet the customers
requirements. They are ideal for custom
izing the support of piping, cables, tubing, conduits or cable trays. These brackets are avail-able in either polyester or vinyl ester resin types and w
ill work w
ith all the A
ickinstrut accessory items. C
onsult the factory for design, pricing and availability inform
ation.
®
Heavy D
uty Post B
ase
20PU-5852 (2" Square), 20PU
-5852 RD
(2" Round)
20PU-5853 H
D (1
5⁄8" Sq.), 20PU-5854 H
D (1
1⁄2" Sq.)
The Aickinstrut heavy duty post base is designed for applications
that require a stronger base attachment than the standard A
ickin-strut post base. M
ade from polyurethane, the heavy duty post base
is available with four different openings: 1
1⁄2", 15⁄8", 2" square
and 2" Schedule 80 round. The heavy duty post base is ideal for m
ounting fiberglass channel, handrails and instrument stands in
corrosive environments. The standard color is gray, but special
colors are available upon request.
8"8"
Dia.
Hole (4)
19⁄32"6
1⁄4"
Instrument &
Pipe Stands
Instrument &
Pipe S
tands
Aickin-Instrum
ent and Pipe Stands are available in polyester or vinyl ester resin types and are designed to m
eet specific customer
requirements. These stands are ideal for supporting instrum
ents and enclosures in corrosive environm
ents. The stands utilize the A
ickinstrut Heavy D
uty Post Base and either 2" x 2" x 1/4" square
tube or 2" Schedule 80 pipe to support the instruments or enclo-
sures. These stands can be designed or configured to meet any
application. Consult the factory for design, pricing and availability
information.
Fiberglass
AIC
KIN
SH
AP
E® S
TRU
CTU
RA
L SH
AP
ES
General purpose pultruded structural shapes can be used as a
complem
ent to Aickinstrut C
hannel Framing projects. The shapes
are ideal for structural bracing, handrails, handrail kickplates, shim
s and supporting grating. Structural shapes are available in either polyester or vinyl ester resin and are provided in 20' lengths. A
dditional structural shapes not listed in this catalog are available. C
ontact the factory for pricing, availability and mini-
mum
s. Special sizes and colors can be run based upon quantity.
NOTESST - Standard Isophthalic Polyester Resin; O = (Olive Green)FR - Isophthalic Polyester Fire Retardant Resin; P = (Dark Gray)VE - Vinyl Ester Fire Retardant Resin; V = (Beige)
Stock Item;
Stocked in YellowIn part num
bers shown below
, replace "X" with resin and color
code (O, P, V). I.E.: 18P-1200-20 Polyester Gray 2" x 1/4" Equal Leg Angle
Structural Shapes
Equal Leg A
ngle
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1 x 1⁄8
0.2118X-1100-20
11⁄4 x 1⁄8
––
–0.23
18X-1110-201
1⁄2 x 3⁄160.37
18X-1120-201
1⁄2 x 1⁄40.51
18X-1130-202 x 1⁄4
0.6818X-1200-20
3 x 1⁄41.04
18X-1300-203 x 3⁄8
1.6518X-1310-20
3 x 1⁄2–
––
2.1518X-1320-20
4 x 1⁄41.41
18X-1400-204 x 3⁄8
2.2318X-1410-20
4 x 1⁄22.92
18X-1420-206 x 3⁄8
3.4418X-1500-20
6 x 1⁄24.50
18X-1510-20
Channel
Size (In.)Resin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE2 x 9⁄16 x 1⁄8
–0.25
18X-2916-203 x 7⁄8 x 1⁄4
–0.77
18X-3078-203 x 1 x 1⁄4
0.8718X-3114-20
3 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
–1.07
18X-3112-203 x 1⁄2 x 1
3⁄16 x 1⁄8–
––
0.6518X-31316-20
4 x 11⁄8 x 1⁄4
1.1118X-4118-20
4 x 13⁄8 x 3⁄16
0.8618X-4138-20
6 x 15⁄8 x 1⁄4
1.6418X-6158-20
6 x 111⁄16 x 3⁄8
2.5218X-61116-20
8 x 23⁄16 x 3⁄8
3.4018X-82316-20
10 x 23⁄4 x 1⁄2
5.6518X-10234-20
I–Beam
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE3 x 2 x 1
1⁄2 x 1⁄4–
––
1.1818X-2100-20
3 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
––
–1.11
18X-2300-204 x 2 x 1⁄4
1.4618X-2400-20
6 x 3 x 1⁄42.24
18X-2600-206 x 3 x 3⁄8
––
–3.29
18X-2800-208 x 4 x 3⁄8
4.4618X-2110-20
8 x 4 x 1⁄2–
––
5.8518X-2130-20
10 x 5 x 3⁄8–
––
5.7818X-2160-20
10 x 5 x 1⁄2–
7.4118X-2180-20
12 x 6 x 1⁄2–
8.9718X-2210-25
18 x 3⁄8 x 41⁄2 x 1⁄2
––
–8.48
18X-2230-2024 x 3⁄8 x 7
1⁄2 x 3⁄4–
––
15.2018X-2240-20
Wide Flange I-B
eam
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE3 x 3 x 1⁄4
1.6918X-2200-20
4 x 4 x 1⁄42.10
18X-2500-206 x 6 x 1⁄4
3.4118X-2700-20
6 x 6 x 3⁄85.05
18X-2900-208 x 8 x 3⁄8
6.4918X-2120-20
8 x 8 x 1⁄2–
8.7018X-2140-20
10 x 10 x 3⁄8–
––
8.7418X-2170-20
10 x 10 x 1⁄2–
10.9018X-2190-25
12 x 12 x 1⁄2–
13.2018X-2220-25
®
Flat Sheet
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1⁄8 x 48 x 96
1.1418X-4100
3⁄16 x 48 x 961.71
18X-42001⁄4 x 48 x 96
2.3418X-4300
3⁄8 x 48 x 963.54
18X-44001⁄2 x 48 x 96
4.6818X-4500
5⁄8 x 48 x 96–
––
5.7918X-4600
3⁄4 x 48 x 96–
––
6.9418X-4700
1 x 48 x 96–
––
9.2718X-4800
Structural Shapes
Em
bedment A
ngle
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1 x 1
1⁄2 x 1⁄4–
–1.00
18X-111214-201
1⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
––
1.1018X-11211214-20
2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
––
1.2018X-211214-20
Square Tube
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1 x 1⁄8
0.3218X-3100-20
11⁄8 x 1⁄8
––
–0.37
18X-3200-201
1⁄4 x 1⁄8–
––
0.4118X-3300-20
11⁄4 x 1⁄4
––
–0.68
18X-3310-201
1⁄2 x 1⁄80.54
18X-3400-201
1⁄2 x 1⁄4–
–0.98
18X-3410-201
3⁄4 x 1⁄8–
0.6318X-3500-20
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
–1.10
18X-3510-202 x 1⁄8
0.6918X-3600-20
2 x 1⁄41.40
18X-3610-202
1⁄4 x 1⁄8–
–0.83
18X-3800-202
1⁄4 x 1⁄4–
––
1.5618X-3810-20
21⁄2 x 1⁄4
––
1.7918X-3900-20
3 x 1⁄8–
––
1.1218X-3110-20
3 x 1⁄42.15
18X-3111-204 x 1⁄4
2.9318X-3120-20
4 x 3⁄8–
–4.24
18X-3121-206 x 3⁄8
6.4218X-3140-20
Toe Plate4 x 5⁄8 x 1⁄8
–0.49
18X-3130-20
Square B
ar
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1 x 1
––
0.8718X-5100-20
11⁄4 x 1
1⁄4–
–1.31
18X-5125-201
1⁄2 x 11⁄2
––
1.9818X-5150-20
2 x 2–
––
3.1218X-5200-20
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE4 x 1 x 1⁄8
––
–0.85
18X-4118-204 x 1⁄8 x 2 x 1⁄4
1.5218X-418214-20
43⁄8 x 1
3⁄8 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16–
––
1.1818X-438138-20
41⁄2 x 1
3⁄4 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16–
––
1.2918X-412138-20
5 x 2 x 1⁄8–
––
1.3218X-5218-20
51⁄8 x 2
1⁄8 x 3⁄16–
––
1.3218X-518218-20
61⁄2 x 1⁄4 x 2 x 1⁄2
––
–3.77
18X-612212-206 x 4 x 1⁄4
––
18X-6414-20
Rectangular Tube
Round R
od
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1⁄8
––
0.0118X-70018-20
3⁄16–
–0.02
18X-700316-201⁄4
––
0.0418X-70014-20
5⁄16–
–0.07
18X-700516-200.35
––
–0.08
18X-70035-203⁄8
–0.09
18X-70038-201⁄2
–0.17
18X-70012-205⁄8
–0.27
18X-70058-203⁄4
–0.39
18X-70034-2013⁄16
––
–0.46
18X-7001316-201
–0.66
18X-70100-201
1⁄4–
–1.08
18X-70114-201
1⁄2–
–1.56
18X-70112-202
––
–2.56
18X-70200-202
1⁄2–
––
4.1018X-70212-20
3–
––
5.7018X-70300-20
Fiberglass
Flat Strip
SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE5⁄8 x 1⁄4
––
0.1118X-605814-96
3⁄4 x 1⁄4–
–0.14
18X-603414-961 x 1⁄8
––
–0.11
18X-6118-961
1⁄4 x 3⁄16–
––
0.1918X-6114316-96
11⁄2 x 3⁄8
––
–0.50
18X-611238-961
1⁄2 x 1–
––
1.3218X-61121-96
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
––
0.3818X-613414-96
2 x 1⁄2–
––
0.8818X-6212-96
2 x 1–
––
1.7618X-6210-96
21⁄2 x 3⁄16
––
–0.34
18X-6212316-963 x 1⁄4
––
–0.66
18X-6314-963 x 3⁄8
––
–0.99
18X-6338-963 x 1⁄2
––
–1.32
18X-6312-964 x 1⁄8
––
–0.44
18X-6418-966 x 1⁄4
––
–1.32
18X-6614-966 x 1⁄2
––
–2.16
18X-6612-96
Round Tube
Size (In.)Resin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE1 x .100
––
–0.22
18X-7100-201 x 1⁄8
–0.25
18X-7118-201
1⁄4 x 3⁄32–
––
0.2718X-7114332-20
11⁄4 x 1⁄8
––
–0.32
18X-711418-201
1⁄4 x 1⁄4–
––
0.6018X-711414-20
11⁄2 x 1⁄8
–0.45
18X-711218-201
1⁄2 x 1⁄4–
–0.79
18X-711214-201
3⁄4 x 1⁄8–
––
0.4718X-713418-20
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
––
–0.94
18X-713414-202 x 1⁄4
1.1218X-7214-20
3 x.100–
––
0.8918X-7300-20
3 x 1⁄4–
––
1.6818X-7314-20
3 x 1⁄2–
–2.98
18X-7312-204.89 x 1⁄8
––
–2.32
18X-7418-204.89 x 3⁄16
––
–2.97
18X-74316-20
Special S
hapes
Door Frame
Profile/SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE5
3⁄4 x 25⁄8 x 3⁄16
––
–1.60
18X-DF-20
Threshold
Profile/SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE5
1⁄2 x 1⁄4–
––
1.0518X-TH-20
Hat Section
Profile/SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE2 x 7⁄8 x .140
––
–0.34
18X-HS-20
Flight Channel
Profile/SizeResin
#/Lin. Ft.Part No.
STFR
VE3 x 6 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16
––
1.3118X-93618316-20
3 x 8 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16–
–1.43
18X-93818316-20
Structural Shapes
®
Handrail C
omponents
Toe Plate†
Size (in.)#/Lin. Ft.
Part No.4 x 5⁄8 x 1⁄8
0.4918X-3130-20
Square Bar †
Size (in.)#/Lin. Ft.
Part No.1
1⁄4 x 11⁄4
1.3118X*-5125-20
11⁄2 x 1
1⁄21.98
18X-5150-20
Square Tube†
Size (in.)#/Lin. Ft.
Part No.1
1⁄4 x 1⁄40.68
18X-3310-201
1⁄2 x 1⁄80.54
18X-3400-201
3⁄4 x 1⁄80.63
18X-3500-201
3⁄4 x 1⁄41.10
18X-3510-202 x 1⁄8
0.6918X-3600-20
2 x 1⁄41.40
18X-3610-202
1⁄4 x 1⁄80.83
18X-3800-202
1⁄2 x 1⁄41.69
18X-3900-20
Fixed Connector †
Size (in.)#/Ea.
Part No.4
1⁄4 x 11⁄4
0.87AIC-FC-414
41⁄2 x 1
1⁄21.32
AIC-FC-412
Structural Shapes
Handrail C
onnectors
Fixed 90°
Size (In.)Resin
#/Ea.Part No.
STFR
VE1
1⁄4–
*†–
0.87AIC-FIXED-90-1- 1/4
11⁄2
–*†
–1.32
AIC-FIXED-90-1- 1/2
Adjustable 90°1
1⁄4–
––
AIC-ADJ-90-1- 1/41
1⁄2–
––
AIC-ADJ-90-1- 1/2
Fixed “T”1
1⁄4–
––
AIC-FIXED-T-1- 1/41
1⁄2–
––
AIC-FIXED-T-1- 1/2
Fiberglass
60
0-1
50
0 (Q
uart), 60
0-1
60
0 (G
allon) - Aickincoat
AIC
K-D
IST-D
ISP
Custom
Fabrication and Prom
otional Material
Promotional m
aterials are available for select individuals, including stocking distributors, end users, OEM
's, contractors, specifying engineers, consultants and sales representatives. Please contact the factory for availability.
The Aickin Distributor Display is a counter top display for stocking distributors. This display features m
ultiple channel sizes and materials, adjustable and rigid
pipe straps, U-bolts, molded and fabricated channel fittings, post bases, clevis
hangers and fasteners. All of these materials are then assem
bled to form a com
-prehensive, com
pact display which becom
es an excellent sales tool.
Aickin S
ample B
ox - AIC
K-SA
MP-C
AR
T
Sealers, Coatings, Promotional M
aterial
60
0-2
20
0 - A
ickinzap
Aickinzap is an acrylic spray that provides a corrosion resistant coating when
applied to cut sections of Aickinstrut. Aickinzap is supplied in a 12 oz. can and is recom
mended for use as a sealant for Aickinstrut polyester and vinyl ester
materials after cutting or drilling. Aickinzap is the quickest, m
ost convenient m
ethod for sealing after fabrication.
Aickincoat is a “brush-on” corrosion resistant sealant that should be applied to all cut or drilled surfaces of fiberglass to seal exposed areas from
corrosion. Aickincoat dries into a clear, hard, glossy coating that restores w
eathered fiber-glass surfaces and provides an excellent barrier from
ultraviolet degradation. It is available in quart and gallon cans.
AR
PS
2 - A
ickin Rigid Pipe C
lamp Sam
ple
The Aickin Rigid Pipe Clamp Sam
ple is a desk top sample that displays the rigid
pipe strap clamping a piece of PVC pipe onto a section of Aickinstrut Channel.
AJPS
S2
- Aickin Adjustable Pipe Clamp Sam
ple
The Aickin Adjustable Pipe Clamp Sam
ple is a desk top sample that displays
the Aickin Adjustable Pipe Strap clamping a piece of PVC pipe onto a section of
Aickinstrut Channel.
Aickin D
istributor Literature Displays
(H
anging) A
ICK
-LIT-DISP
(C
ounter Stand) A
ICK
-LIT-DISP-C
S
The Aickin Distributor Literature Display is offered in two designs; w
all hanging and counter standing. The w
all hanging design is meant to be hung from
the tw
o top U-bolts while the counter standing design is a free standing counter
display. Both displays incorporate Aickinstrut channel in their design and utilize the PVC display pipe as the literature container.
The Aickin Sample Box is a convenient plastic carrying case w
ith a complete
sampling of the Aickinstrut product line.
Each Sample Box includes:
PVC strut sample (20E-2000), Polyester strut sam
ple (20P-2000), Polyester slotted strut sam
ple (20P-1100), Vinyl ester strut sample (20V-1500), Polyester
solid channel fitting (20V-2500), Vinyl ester grooved channel fitting (20V-2802), Saddle Clip (200-4226), Fiberfast bolts (250PU-000, 375PU-125 &
500PU-000), Fiberfast nuts (250PU-000, 375PU-125 &
500PU-CN), Square nut (500V-000), PVC w
ashers (375E-999 & 500E-999), Standard duty channel nuts (375PU-CN
& 500PU-CN), Heavy duty channel nut (500PU-CNHD), Adjustable pipe clam
p (200-3110), Rigid pipe clam
p (PCR-125), FRP threaded rod samples (200-3827
& 200-3828)
®
Aickingrate Fiberglass G
rating was developed as a corrosion
resistant alternative to traditional metallic grating. A
ickingrate w
ill not rust, resists corrosion, lasts longer than metal and is
maintenance free. A
ickingrate never requires painting and can be installed w
ith standard hand tools.
Other valuable Aickingrate features include:
Availability of polyester or vinyl ester fire retardant resin systems,
which offer superior corrosion resistance, strength and fire
protection.
Applied grit anti-slip surface on molded grating, w
hich provides superior traction.
Panels are strong and flexible providing a comfortable w
orking surface that enhances safety w
hile reducing worker fatigue.
Panels are lightweight, easy to install and easy to rem
ove for m
aintenance.
UV inhibitors are added to the base resin systems providing
optimum
protection from the effects of w
eathering. Pultruded grating is further enhanced w
ith the addition of a synthetic surfacing veil.
Aickingrate pultruded and molded gratings are ideal for the
following applications:
Aquariums
Chemical &
Petrochemical
Food & Beverage
Marine
Mining
Offshore
Plating
Power Generation &
Utilities
Pulp & Paper
Recreation & Pools
Transportation
Water &
Wastew
ater
Aickingrate pultruded and m
olded gratings are practical, eco-nom
ical solutions for applications where m
etallic gratings are not w
ell suited. Aickingrate offers the best solution for your industrial
flooring needs.
Because Aickingrate is m
arketed with A
ickinstrut Non-M
etallic Strut Support System
s and Aickinshapes N
on-Metallic Structural
Shapes, the customer has the benefit of purchasing all of these
items from
a single source, thereby minim
izing start-up and deliv-ery delays.
Aickingrate stands ready to provide custom
er assistance through its netw
ork of distributors and mechanical sales representatives.
GRATING
Fiberglass
Aickingrate m
olded grating is a one piece, glass-reinforced design available in stan-
Each panel is composed of non-flam
e retardant polyester resin, flam
e retardant polyester resin or vinyl ester resin and continuous fiberglass rovings for optim
um
strength and corrosion resistance. All
Aickingrate m
olded grating is provided w
ith an applied grit anti-skid surface. This anti-skid surface is applied onto the m
e-niscus surface of each panel providing an
extremely long lasting, effective, anti-skid
surface. Standard meniscus surface grating
is also available upon request.
Aickingrate m
olded grating does not rust, never requires painting and resists cor-rosion. The panels have a high strength-to-w
eight ratio and are maintenance free.
They also are lightweight and can easily
be installed without heavy equipm
ent. Fabricating A
ickingrate can easily be ac-com
plished with standard tools.
Polyester
The Aickingrate polyester resin system
has tw
o flame spread ratings. The fire
retardant system has a rating of 25 or less
based on the requirements of A
STM E 84.
The non-fire retardant system is not rated.
Both systems are designed for applications
that will see m
oderate exposure to corrosive elem
ents. These resin systems are ideal
when a cost-effective, corrosion resistant,
system is required.
Standard Colors: Green &
Yellow
Special colors are available upon request.
Vinyl Ester
The Aickingrate vinyl ester resin system
has a flame spread rating of 25 or less
based on the requirements of ASTM
E 84 (contact the factory for applications that require a flam
e spread rating of 10 or less). It is designed to resist the highly corrosive acids and caustics found in the harshest chem
ical environments. This
premium
grade resin system is ideal in
extremely harsh, w
et, caustic conditions and w
ill maintain its structural integrity at
elevated temperatures. Aickingrate vinyl
ester molded grating is the system
to choose in extrem
ely corrosive conditions.
Standard Colors: Orange &
Dark G
raySpecial colors are available upon request.
Special Optional Surfaces
The standard Aickingrate surface is an
applied, sealed grit top. The other optional A
ickingrate surface is a meniscus surface
that also provides optimum
skid resistance.
Meniscus
This “concave surface” grating provides ex-cellent slip resistance and is recom
mended
for light traffic applications.
Anti-Skid
This “applied-grit” surface is ideal for high traffic applications that require superior skid resistance.
AIC
KIN
GR
ATE
® Fiberglass Grating
Resin S
ystems
Loading and Deflection
The load & deflection data is intended
for use only as a guide. The Aickingrate
standard panel sizes are 3' x 10' and 4' x 12'. The bearing bars run across the pan-els m
aking the span 3 or 4 feet. Once the
design load and deflection are determined,
you can calculate the max-im
um allow
able span from
the tables.
LOADING CONSIDERATIONS
Occasionally, A
ickingrate will be subjected
to heavy loads from w
heeled traffic. For these applications, it is not recom
mended
to use Aickingrate w
here solid steel or hard rubber w
heels can cause sharp impact or
chipping of the embedded grit surface. For
the same reason, avoid dropping or sliding
heavy loads on Aickingrate.
MOLDED GRATING
Load &
Deflection Application Data Concentrated
Suggested
Load
Deflection
(lbs.) (in.)
Occasional Foot Traffic (Inspections, etc.)
250 .250-.375
W
orkman w
ith Tools (Maintenance)
300 .250-.375
Heavy Foot Traffic
400 .250-.375
Carts/Nonm
otorized Vehicles 800
.250-.375
Motorized Traffic (Light)
1,500 .250-.375
Aickingrate is ideal for w
ork platforms.
The resiliency designed into each panel reduces w
orker leg and back pain and low
ers overall worker fatigue resultingin
increased productivity. These worker anti-
fatigue benefits make A
ickingrate ideal for platform
s, catwalks, flooring, w
ork stations and m
ezzanines.
®
Grating S
ize
Panel Size: 3' x 10' &
44" x 8' Space Betw
een Bars 3⁄4" x 3- 5⁄8"
Panel Weight:
83 lbs. & 83 lbs.
Bar Thickness:
Weight Per Ft.:
2.75 lbs. sq/ft Bearing Bar
1⁄4"
Open Area: 69%
Cross Bar
3⁄8"
Panel Size: 4' x 12', 4' x 10'
Space Between Bars
1- 1⁄4" x 1- 1⁄4"
Panel Weight:
120 lbs. & 100 lbs.
Bar Thickness:
Weight Per Ft.:
2.5 lbs. sq/ft Bearing Bar
1⁄4"
Open Area: 70%
Cross Bar
1⁄4"
Panel Size: 4' x 12', 4' x 10'
Space Between Bars
1- 1⁄4" x 1- 1⁄4"
Panel Weight:
180 lbs. & 150 lbs.
Bar Thickness:
Weight Per Ft.:
3.75 lbs. sq/ft Bearing Bar
1⁄4"
Open Area: 70%
Cross Bar
1⁄4"
Panel Size: 4' x 12', 4' x 10'
Space Between Bars
1- 3⁄4" x 1- 3⁄4"
Panel Weight:
192 lbs. & 160 lbs.
Bar Thickness:
Weight Per Ft.:
4.0 lbs. sq/ft Bearing Bar
1⁄4"
Open Area: 70%
Cross Bar
1⁄4"
1" (1" X 4")
1' (1- 1⁄2" X 1- 1⁄2")
1- 1⁄2" (1- 1⁄2" X 1- 1⁄2")
2" (2" X 2")
HEIGHT (MESH SIZE)
1. M
aterial
1.1 All m
olded grating will be fiberglass
roving reinforced and constructed from
non-fire retardant polyester, fire retar-dant polyester or vinyl ester resin.
2. Com
position
2.1 G
lass content will be 35%
by w
eight so as to achieve maxim
um corro-
sion resistance.
2.2 Fire-retardant grating w
ill have a flam
e spread rating of 25 or less per the requirem
ents of ASTM
E 84.
2.3 G
rating shall comply w
ith all applicable provisions of the follow
ing flam
mability standards:
A
STM D
-635 (Rate of Burning)
A
STM E 84
(Surface Burning)
U
L 94 V0
(Flamm
ability Standard)
2.4 Standard colors shall include the
following:
Polyester:
Green &
Yellow
Vinyl ester: O
range & D
ark Gray
2.5 Special colors are available upon custom
er request.
3. Structural Design
3.1 Grating shall have the follow
ing grid patterns:
1" x 4" (1" thick)
1
1⁄2" x 11⁄2" (1" thick)
1
1⁄2" x 11⁄2" (1
1⁄2" thick)
2" x 2" (2”" thick)
3.2 Grating shall be provided in stan-
3.3 Specially cut & fabricated grating
sections will be available upon custom
er request.
3.4 Open areas w
ill range from 69%
to 70%
depending on the selected grid pat-tern.
3.5 Standard surface shall be a sealed,
applied grit top surface with m
eniscus surface available upon request.
3.6 Load and deflection values shall be
as stated in this catalog.
3.7 W
eights per sq/ft shall be as stated in this catalog.
4. General
4.1 Grating w
ill be inspected prior to shipm
ent and will be free from
visual defects such as delam
inations, blisters, surface crazing and voids.
4.2 Cut grating w
ill be sealed prior to shipm
ent.
4.3 Use of grating accessories shall
be approved by the manufacturer and
installed in accordance with the m
anu-
4.4 Product substitutions other than A
ickingrate must m
eet or exceed the perform
ance standards set forth in this catalog.
4.5 Grating supplied shall be
Aickingrate as m
anufactured by:
Aickinstrut/T.J. C
ope
MOLDED GRATING SPECIFICATIONS
Fiberglass
Aickingrate pultruded grating is constructed of pultruded “I” or
“T” bars which are available in varying heights (1", 1- 1⁄2" &
2"). Each pultruded bar is connected together w
ith recessed tie bars and covered w
ith an anti-skid, grit top surface to provide sure footing. Each pultruded bar incorporates a synthetic surfacing veil on its exterior. The surfacing veil provides a resin rich surface w
hich allows the grating to w
ithstand hostile environments and
inhibit ultraviolet degradation. The standard panel size is 4' x 12'.
The pultruded grating is available in the following resin system
s:
Polyester
This resin system offers a low
flame spread rating of 15 or less
and is designed for applications where there is m
oderate exposure to corrosive elem
ents.
Vinyl Ester
This resin system offers a low
flame spread rating of 15 or less
and is designed for prolonged exposure in acidic and alkaline type environm
ents.
Aickingrate pultruded grating is m
ore corrosion resistant than conventional m
etal grating. The lightw
eight, maintenance free panels m
ake it less expensive to install than m
etal grating. The low
installation cost combined w
ith the maintenance free
life of pultruded grating make its overall life cycle
costs lower than that of m
etal grating.
Aickingrate pultruded grating
exceeds the requirements for
gratings used in the following applications:
Typical uses for Aickingrate pultruded grating w
ould include:
AIC
KIN
GR
ATE
® Pultruded G
rating
Pultruded Grating
1. Material
All pultruded grating shall be constructed
of glass reinforced, fire retardant polyester resin. Vinyl ester resin is available as a special order.
2. Composition
All pultruded glass reinforced grating shall
have a synthetic veil applied on all exterior surfaces to im
prove weatherability and in-
hibit ultraviolet degradation. An ultraviolet
stabilizer shall be incorporated in the resin form
ulation to further inhibit ultraviolet degradation.G
rating will have a flam
e spread rating of 15 per the requirem
ents ASTM
E 84.G
rating shall comply w
ith all applicable provisions of the follow
ing flamm
ability standards:
ASTM
D-635 (Rate of Burning)
ASTM
E 84 (Surface Burning) U
L 94 V0 (Flam
mability Standard)
2.4 Standard colors shall include the follow
ing:
Polyester (I-bar & T-bar): Yellow
Polyester (W
ide T-bar): Dark G
ray2.5
Special colors are available upon custom
er request.
3. Structural Design
3.1 G
rating shall have the following bar
types and heights: I-bar - (1", 1
1⁄2" & 2" heights)
T-bar - (2" height) W
ide T-bar - (1" & 1
1⁄2" heights)3.2
Grating shall be provided in stan-
3.3 Specially cut &
fabricated grating sections are available upon custom
er request.
3.4 Standard available “open areas” w
ill be the follow
ing: I-bar - (40%
& 60%
) T-bar - (33%
& 50%
) W
ide T-bar - (25% &
38%)
3.5 Special “open areas” are available upon custom
er request.3.6
Grating shall be m
anufactured from
thermally cured pultruded structural
load and tie bar components.
3.7 G
rating shall be provided with a
recessed tie bar design and grit top surface for m
aximum
skid resistance.3.8
Grating shall be an assem
bled and bonded notched tie bar system
to provide both a m
echanical and bonded panel connection.
Aickingrate P
ultruded Specifications
3.9 Load, deflection and panel w
eight values shall be as stated in this catalog.
4. General
4.1 G
rating will be inspected prior
to shipment and w
ill be free from
visual defects. 4.2
All cut ends w
ill be sealed prior to shipm
ent.
4.3 G
rating shall be fully sup-ported according to the m
anufacturer guidelines.4.4
Use of grating accessories shall be
approved by the manufacturer and
installed in accordance with the
4.5 Product substitutions other than A
ickingrate must m
eet or exceed the perform
ance standards set forth in this catalog.
4.6 G
rating supplied shall be A
ickingrate as manufactured by:
Aickinstrut/T.J. C
ope
®
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 8
Load Bar Depth 1”
Open Area 60%
Load Bar Centers 1-1/2” Approx. W
eight 2.62 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=2.64 in2
I=0.33 in4
S=0.63 in3
Average EI=1,700,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulusAverage EI=M
odulus of Elasticity x Mom
ent of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
“I” Bar 1
" THIC
K, 6
0%
OP
EN
AR
EA
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
6864 (0.09)C
––
6864 (0.14)
18U
––
4576 (0.25)C
––
6864 (0.40)
24U
15892383
2432 (0.54)C
20003000
5750 (0.72)
30U
6861030
2746 (1.00)C
10751612
4600 (1.07)
36U
362543
2288 (1.58)C
9581438
3833 (1.41)
42U
200300
1878 (2.32)C
442662
3286 (1.86)
48U
131196
1438 (2.75)C
327491
2875 (2.20)
54U
74111
1136 (3.85)C
208312
2556 (3.08)
60U
4567
920 (5.15)C
140209
2300 (4.12)
66U
2741
760 (7.02)C
96144
2091 (5.46)
72U
1929
639 (8.22)C
73109
1917 (6.58)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 12
Load Bar Depth 1”
Open Area 40%
Load Bar Centers 1” Approx. W
eight 3.41 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=3.96 in2
I=0.50 in4
St=0.96 in3
Average EI=2,500,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus Average EI=M
odulus of Elasticity x Mom
ent of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
“I” Bar 1
" THIC
K, 4
0%
OP
EN
AR
EA
1.50.14
1.00
.90.60
1.00.14
1.00
.40.60
‘I’ Bar Pu
ltrud
ed G
rating
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
4576 (0.09")C
––
4576 (0.14")
18U
––
3051 (0.25")C
––
4576 (0.40")
24U
10591589
2288 (0.54")C
13311997
3833 (0.72")
30U
458686
1830 (1.00")C
7161075
3067 (1.07")
36U
241362
1525 (1.58")C
453680
2556 (1.41")
42U
135202
1252 (2.32")C
300450
2190 (1.86")
48U
87131
958 (2.75")C
218327
1917 (2.20")
54U
5075
757 (3.85")C
138208
1704 (3.08")
60U
3045
613 (5.15")C
93140
1533 (4.12")
66U
1827
507 (7.02")C
6496
1394 (5.46")
72U
1319
426 (8.22")C
4973
1278 (6.58")
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
Fiberglass
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
8190 (0.07)C
––
8190 (0.11)
18U
––
5460 (0.17)C
––
8190 (0.28)
24U
2925–
4095 (0.35)C
36765515
6250 (0.43)
30U
12321847
3276 (0.66)C
19232885
5000 (0.65)
36U
6661000
2730 (1.02)C
12471871
4167 (0.83)
42U
357535
2041 (1.43)C
7801170
3571 (1.15)
48U
219329
1563 (1.78)C
548822
3125 (1.43)
54U
193290
1852 (2.40)C
363544
2778 (1.92)
60U
81122
1000 (3.09)C
253380
2500 (2.47)
66U
5075
826 (4.08)C
179268
2273 (3.18)
72U
3755
694 (4.71)C
138208
2083 (3.77)
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=3.20 in2
I=0.94 in4
St=1.20 in3
Average EI=4,600,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus Average EI=M
odulus of Elasticity x Mom
ent of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 8
Load Bar Depth 1-1/2”
Open Area 60%
Load Bar Centers 1-1/2” Approx. W
eight 2.83 lbs./ft .2
“I” Bar 1
1⁄2" THIC
K, 6
0%
OP
EN
AR
EA
1.50.14
1.50
.90.60
‘I’ Bar Pu
ltrud
ed G
rating
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=4.80 in2
I=1.44 in4
St=1.80 in3
Average EI=7,000,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus Average EI=M
odulus of Elasticity x Mom
ent of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 6
Load Bar Depth 2”
Open Area 50%
Load Bar Centers 2” Approx. W
eight3.10 lbs./ft .2
“I” Bar 1
1⁄2" THIC
K, 4
0%
OP
EN
AR
EA
1.00.14
1.50
.40.60
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
14,400 (0.07)C
––
12,285 (0.11)
18U
––
8190 (0.17)C
––
12,285 (0.28)
24U
4388–
6143 (0.35)C
55158272
9375 (0.43)
30U
18472771
4914 (0.66)C
28854327
7500 (0.65)
36U
10001500
4095 (1.02)C
18712807
6250 (0.83)
42U
535803
3061 (1.43)C
11701754
5357 (1.15)
48U
327491
2344 (1.78)C
8221234
4688 (1.43)
54U
193290
1852 (2.40)C
544816
4167 (1.92)
60U
122182
1500 (3.09)C
380569
3750 (2.47)
66U
76114
1240 (4.08)C
268403
3409 (3.18)
72U
5583
1042 (4.71)C
207311
3125 (3.77)
®
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
10,800 (0.06)C
––
10,800 (0.10)
18U
––
7200 (0.17)C
––
10,800 (0.27)
24U
4737–
5400 (0.29)C
59348900
10,800 (0.46)
30U
20003000
4320 (0.54)C
31174676
8667 (0.69)
36U
10711607
3600 (0.84)C
20003000
7222 (0.90)
42U
553829
3086 (1.40)C
12091814
6190 (1.28)
48U
343514
2700 (1.97)C
8571286
5417 (1.58)
54U
211316
2140 (2.54)C
592887
4815 (2.03)
60U
137206
1733 (3.16)C
428642
4333 (2.53)
66U
94140
1433 (3.83)C
328492
3939 (3.00)
72U
71106
1204 (4.24)C
266399
3611 (3.39)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 6
Load Bar Depth 2”
Open Area 50%
Load Bar Centers 2” Approx. W
eight3.10 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=3.20 in2
I=1.68 in4
St=1.96 in3
Sb=1.47 in3
Average EI=7,600,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus (Top, Bottom)
Average EI=Modulus of Elasticity x M
oment of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
“T” Bar 2
" THIC
K, 5
0%
OP
EN
AR
EA
2.00.14
2.00
1.001.00
.601.40
‘T’ B
ar Pultru
ded
Gratin
g
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
14,400 (0.06)C
––
14,400 (0.10)
18U
––
9600 (0.17)C
––
14,400 (0.28)
24U
6316–
7200 (0.29)C
778411676
14,167 (0.45)
30U
26674000
5760 (0.54)C
41676250
11,333 (0.68)
36U
14292143
4800 (0.84)C
26684000
9444 (0.88)
42U
7371106
4114 (1.39)C
16132419
8095 (1.25)
48U
458686
3542 (1.94)C
11431714
7083 (1.55)
54U
281421
2798 (2.49)C
7891184
6296 (1.99)
60U
183274
2267 (3.10)C
571857
5667 (2.48)
66U
125187
1873 (3.75)C
438657
5152 (2.94)
72U
95142
1574 (4.16)C
355533
4722 (3.33)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 12
Load Bar Depth 2”
Open Area 33%
Load Bar Centers 1-1/2” Approx. W
eight 4.00 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=4.28 in2
I=2.24 in4
St=2.61 in3
Sb=1.96 in3
Average EI=9,200,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus (Top, Bottom)
Average EI=Modulus of Elasticity x M
oment of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
“T” Bar 2
" THIC
K, 3
3%
OP
EN
AR
EA
1.50.14
2.00
1.00
.60
.50
1.00
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
Fiberglass
Aickingrate W
ide T-Bar pultruded grating provides a lightw
eight, non-skid, durable alternative to me-
tallic grating used for pedestrian walkw
ay traffic.
The Aickingrate W
ide T-Bar grit-top grating offers excellent protection for pedestrian traffic particularly in w
et environments.
This low-cost grating is an excellent alternative to
metal grating for w
et areas with high volum
es of foot traffic.
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 5
Load Bar Depth 1
Open Area 38%
Load Bar Centers 2.4” Approx. W
eight 1.90 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=1.76 in2
I=.23 in4
S-top=.35 in3
S-bot=.22 in3
Average EI=1,200,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus (Top, Bottom)
Average EI=Modulus of Elasticity x M
oment of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
2730 (0.08)C
––
2730 (0.12)
18U
––
1820 (0.22)C
––
2587 (0.34)
24U
7421113
1365 (0.46)C
9331399
1940 (0.52)
30U
312468
1092 (0.87)C
491737
1552 (0.79)
36U
154231
862 (1.40)C
290435
1293 (1.12)
42U
84126
663 (1.89)C
184276
1109 (1.50)
48U
5075
485 (2.43)C
125188
970 (1.94)
WID
E “T” B
ar 1" TH
ICK
, 38
% O
PEN
AR
EA
2.40.12 nom
.
1.00
1.50.90
.601.80
Wid
e ‘T’ B
ar Pultru
ded
Gratin
g
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
LOAD TYPES
U
Uniform Load - lbs/ft 2
C
Concentrated Line Load - lbs/ft of Width
NOTES:1. M
AX RECOMM
ENDED LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY.
2. The allowable loads in this table are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at am
bient tempera-
tures only. Allowable loads for im
pact or dynamic conditions should be a m
inimum
of ONE-HALF the values show
n. Long term loads w
ill result in added deflection due to creep in the m
aterial and will also require higher safety factors to ensure acceptable perfor-
mance. For applications at elevated tem
peratures, consult factory. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design M
anual.
Clear Span (in.)
Load Type
Load Required For a Specified Deflection
(Note 2)
Max. Recom
. Load (Note 1)
All Resin Systems
[Load (Deflection)]0.250"
0.375"
12U
––
3276 (0.08)C
––
3276 (0.12)
18U
––
2184 (0.22)C
––
3104 (0.34)
24U
8901335
1638 (0.46)C
11191679
2328 (0.52)
30U
374562
1310 (0.87)C
589884
1862 (0.79)
36U
185277
1035 (1.40)C
348522
1552 (1.12)
42U
100150
760 (1.89)C
221332
1330 (1.50)
48U
6090
582 (2.43)C
150226
1164 (1.94)
# of Bars/ft. of Width - 6
Load Bar Depth 1”
Open Area 25%
Load Bar Centers 2” Approx. W
eight 2.30 lbs./ft .2
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES PER FT OF WIDTH
A=2.11 in2
I=.27 in4
S-top=.42 in3
S-bot=.27 in3
Average EI=1,340,000 lb/in2 (Span
24”)A=Cross Sectional Area
I=Mom
ent of Inertia S=Section M
odulus (Top, Bottom)
Average EI=Modulus of Elasticity x M
oment of Inertia (avg. value other varying spans)
WID
E “T” B
ar 1" TH
ICK
, 25
% O
PEN
AR
EA
2.00.12 nom
.
1.00
1.50.50
.601.40
®
To order Aickingrate, use the follow
ing part number schem
e to create the correct part number.
* To order non-fire retardant polyester, add suffix “NFR” to end of part num
ber.
P - PolyesterV - Vinylester
Aickingrate
E - Pultruded Stair treadsG - M
olded GratingP - AickinplateS - Pultruded GratingT - M
olded Stair treadsW
- Wide “T”bar
Pultruded Grating
Pultruded Grating1 - 1" I bar; 40%
o/a2 - 1.5" I bar; 40%
o/a3 - 1" I bar; 60%
o/a4 - 1.5" I bar; 60%
o/a5 - 2" T bar; 33%
o/a6 - 2" T bar; 50%
o/a
Molded Grating
1 - 1" thick, 1" x 4"2 - 1" thick, 1.5" x 1.5"3 - 1.5" thick, 1.5" x 1.5"4 - 2" thick, 2" x 2"
Wide T bar
Pultruded Grating2 - 1" height; 25%
o/a3 - 1" height; 38%
o/a4 - 1.5" height; 38%
o/a5 - 1.5" height; 25%
o/a
Molded Stair treads
1 - 1.5" x 1.5"2 - 1.5" x 6"
Aickinplate1 - 3/16"2 - 1/4"3 - 3/8"
Pultruded Stair treads1 - 1" I bar; 40%
o/a2 - 1" I bar; 60%
o/a3 - 1.5" I bar; 40%
o/a4 - 1.5" I bar; 60%
o/a5 - 2" T bar; 33%
o/a6 - 2" T bar; 50%
o/a
Width of M
aterial in Inches
Length of Material in
InchesGN - GreenGY - GrayYL - YellowOG - Orange
10P
S2
24GN
096*
AICKINGRATE PART NUMBERS
Fiberglass
Use fiberglass or steel support angle, or wooden ledger..
Two standard hold-down clips bolt to angle support at each end. Use Aickingrate grating clips.
Leading edge in contrasting color for easy visual identification.
Use fiberglass or steel channel, or wooden stringer.
Panel size: 22- 1⁄2" x 120"
Approx. Weight:
105 lbs.
Tread TypeConcentrated Load (lbs.)
Span (in.)18
2430
3642
48
Span/150.12
.16.20
.24.28
.321" Deep, I-Bar
250.03
.08.14
.22.34
.46
60% Open Area
500.07
.15.28
.44.68
.92
1.5" Deep, I-Bar250
.01.02
.04.06
.09.13
60% Open Area
500.02
.04.08
.11.18
.26
2" Deep, T-Bar250
.01.02
.03.04
.06.09
50% Open Area
500.02
.04.06
.09.12
.18
1" Deep, I-Bar250
.02.05
.10.16
.24.33
40% Open Area
500.05
.11.20
.32.49
.65
1.5" Deep, I-Bar250
.01.01
.03.04
.06.09
40% Open Area
500.02
.03.05
.07.12
.17
2" Deep, T-Bar250
.01.01
.02.03
.05.07
33% Open Area
500.02
.03.04
.06.09
.14
Molded S
tair Treads
Pultruded S
tair Treads
Molded stair treads are available in the
same resin form
ulations as the standard m
olded grating panels. Each panel incor-porates an applied, grit surface w
ith an extra-thick, dark colored nosing. This lead-ing edge color contrast increases the stair tread visibility and prevents slips and falls on stairw
ays.
All stair treads are 1
1⁄2” thick and provided in a 1
1⁄2” square mesh configuration. The
standard stair tread panel size is 221⁄2” x
120”. Each panel weighs approxim
ately 105 pounds.
Standard Colors: G
reen, Yellow, G
ray and O
range
Special colors are available upon request.
Aickingrate stair tread panels can be cut
with the sam
e tools that are used on the A
ickingrate molded grating panels.
Aikengrate Stair Trends are available in either m
olded or pultruded designs. Both designs incorporate an anti-skid, grit top surface.
Pultruded stair treads incorporate the same
performance characteristics as the A
ick-ingrate pultruded grating panels. A
ll stair treads are slip-resistant, non-conductive and offer a high level of safety, strength and corrosion resistance.
Pultruded stair treads are available in either polyester or vinyl ester resin types. The
Stair treads are available in 1”, 11⁄2” &
2” depths. The available bar shapes are “I” bar and “T” bar. A
ll pultruded stair treads
incorporate a color contrast nosing to allow
for quick and easy visual distinction, w
hich prevents slips and falls.
Standard Colors: Yellow
(Polyester), Gray (Vinyl ester)
AICKINGRATE STAIR TREADS
®
Aickinplate Panel W
eight 45 lbs.
12 (in.) Use on flat
3⁄16" W
eight/Sq. Ft. 1.4 lbs.
18 solid surface only
24
Aickinplate Panel W
eight 60 lbs.
12 (in.) 199 lbs.
1⁄4" W
eight/Sq. Ft. 1.8 lbs.
18 98
24 62
Aickinplate Panel W
eight 85 lbs.
12 (in.) 583 lbs.
3⁄8" W
eight/Sq. Ft. 2.6 lbs.
18 304
24 203
Aickinplate is a m
olded, non-skid fiber-glass plate that offers an econom
ical, safe solution for slippery w
alking surfaces. The non-skid surface provides excellent traction even w
hen oil or other slippery liquids are present. Because A
ickinplate is molded
from fiberglass, it provides superior corro-
sion resistance and never requires painting. A
ikinplate is a structural floor plate that is non-porous and cleans easily w
ith water.
Aickinplate is easy to fabricate. It can be
cut with m
asonry blades and drilled with
standard carbide-tipped drill bits. The standard panel size is 4' x 8' and they are available in three thickness'; 3⁄16", 1⁄2" and 3⁄8". A
ll panels will be constructed from
both non-fire retardant or fire retardant polyester resin and fire retardant vinyl ester resins. A
USD
A approved, polyester resin
Aickinplate is available.
Some typical Aickinplate applications w
ould be:
Fishing boat decks
Packing plant floors
Swim
ming pools
Work platform
s
Standard Colors: G
reen, Gray, Yellow
, & O
range
Special colors are available upon request.
Note: Install clips a maxim
um of every
48” and use at least 8 clips per 4' x 12' panel.
Capacity
AIC
KIN
PLA
TE
Grating Accessories
Fiberglass
Aickingrate floor pedestals are an econom
ic method for providing an elevated A
ickingrate molded flooring system
. Pedestal supported flooring system
s are extremely versatile and can be m
odified or moved to m
eet wash-dow
n requirements.
Pedestals are designed for a maxim
um height of 12 inches w
ithout braces.
Part numbers
Style
P-AD
J A
djustable (5"-12")
P-STA
Stationary (3"-12")
Grating clips are specially designed to fasten and secure grating panels to support
structures. All grating clips are m
ade from 316 Stainless Steel.
M-Clips
Type M-clips secure panels to a support
and restrain panel movem
ent in all direc-
tions. M-C
lips can also be installed with
self-tapping screws w
hen attaching to metal
supports.
Molded G
rating Clips
Pedestal Placement Table for Aickingrate M
olded Grating
A 300 lbs. Concentrated A 300 lbs. Concentrated
Load w
ill Produce a Load w
ill Produce aAickingrate
.250" Deflection with
Deflection indicated below
Mesh
Pedestals Spaced as w
ith Pedestals SpacedConfiguration
Indicated Below
4' x 4' 3' x 3'
2' x 2'
1" Thick, 1" x 4" 27" x 27"
(1) (1)
.200 in.
1" Thick, 1- 1⁄2" x 1- 1⁄2" 28" x 28"
(1) (1)
.180 in.
1- 1⁄2" Thick, 1- 1⁄2" x 1- 1⁄2" 48" x 48"
.250 .140
.065 in.
2" Thick, 2" x 2" 48" x 72"
.120 .080
.040 in.
Molded G
rating Floor Pedestals
Type M
Type RT
Type MI, M
T, MTW
C-Clips
Used for joining tw
o unsupported grating panel ends.
Part
Grating
num
bers panel thickness
C
-1 1"
C
-2 1
1⁄2"
C
-3 2"
Part Aickingrate
num
bers m
esh configuration
M-1
1" thick, 1" x 4"
M
-2 1" thick, 1
1⁄2" x 11⁄2"
M
-3 1
1⁄2" thick, 11⁄2" x 1
1⁄2"
M-4
2" thick, 2" x 2"
Pultruded G
rating Clips
Part numbers
Grating panel
thickness
MI-4
“I” bar, 40% open area,
1" & 1
1⁄2" thick
MI-6
“I” bar, 60% open area,
1" & 1
1⁄2" thick
MT-3
“T” bar, 33% open area,
2" thick
MT-5
“T” bar, 50% open area,
2" thick
MTW
-381 W
ide “T” bar, 38%
open area, 1” thick
MTW
-3815 W
ide “T” bar, 38%
open area, 11⁄2" thick
RT-Clips
Part numbers RT-25
Grating panel thickness
Wide “T” bar, 25%
open area, 1 &
11⁄2" thick
Grating Accessories
®
The information contained in this table is intended to only be used as a guide for m
olded & pultruded grating. Because actual conditions
may differ, the end-user m
ust determine if the grating w
ill withstand the intended environm
ent.
C=Continuous exposure of the grating to the Chemical Environm
ent listed at the temperature listed.
S=Frequent exposure of the grating to splashes and spills from the Chem
ical Environment listed w
ith that environment at the tem
perature listed.I=Infrequent exposure of the grating to splashes and spills from
the Chemical Environm
ent listed with that environm
ent at the temperature listed and the spill im
-m
ediately cleaned up or washed from
the grating.N
=Not recom
mended for the concentrations and tem
peratures listed.T=TestConsult Aickingrate for corrosion recom
mendations at concentrations, tem
peratures or chemicals not listed in this guide.
Max. Tem
p. is 180°F for Vinylester 150°F for Polyester.
CORROSION-RESISTANCE GUIDE
Chemical
Environment
%
ConcentrationTem
p.˚F
POLYVE
Acetic Acid50
Max.
CC
Acetone100
75I
NAlcohols
100120
II
Aluminum
AllM
ax.C
CAlum
inum Chloride
AllM
ax.C
CAlum
inum Fluoride
2075
II
Amm
onium Hydroxide
3075
IN
Amm
onium Salts
- NeutralAll
120C
S
Amm
onium Salts
- AggressiveAll
75T
N
Aromatic Solvents
All75
NN
Barium Salts
AllM
ax.C
CBenzene
100140
IN
Black Liquor (Pulp Mill)
AllM
ax.I
NBleach Liquor (Pulp M
ill)All
Max.
IN
Calcium Hydroxide
25M
ax.S
ICalcium
HypochloriteAll
Max.
IN
Calcium Salts
AllM
ax.C
CCarbon Tetrachloride
10075
SN
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons100
75T
TChlorine Dioxide
Sat.140
SN
Chlorine Water
Sat.120
IN
Chlorine, Wet
Sat.M
ax.N
NChlorobenzene
10075
NN
ChlorobenzeneAll
Up to 100N
NChloroform
10075
NN
Chromic Acid
50140
IN
Citric AcidAll
Max.
CC
Copper Cyanide PlatingAll
125S
ICopper Salts
AllM
ax.C
CCrude Oil (Sw
eet or Sour)All
Max.
CC
Dichlorobenzene100
75N
NEthers
75N
NFerric Chloride
100M
ax.C
CFerric Salts
AllM
ax.C
CFluoride Salts + HCI
All75
IN
Fluosilicic Acid10
75S
IForm
aldehyde37
150S
IForm
ic Acid25
100S
IFuel (Diesel, Jet, Gasoline)
All100
CC
Glycerine100
Max.
CC
Green Liquor (Pulp Mill)
AllM
ax.I
NH
ydrobromic Acid
48M
ax.I
NH
ydrochloric Acid10
Max.
SS
Hydrochloric Acid
30M
ax.I
IH
ydrochloric Acid (Concentrated)
AllU
p to 180N
N
Chemical
Environment
%
ConcentrationTem
p.˚F
POLYVE
Hydrocyanic Acid
AllM
ax.S
IHydrofluoric Acid
2075
NN
Hydrogen Peroxide30
75S
NLactic Acid
100M
ax.C
CLim
e SlurrySat.
Max.
CC
Lithium Salts
AllM
ax.C
CM
agnesium Salts
AllM
ax.C
IM
aleic Acid100
Max.
SI
Mercury Chloride
100M
ax.C
CNickel Salts
AllM
ax.C
CNitric Acid
20120
II
Nitric Acid35
100I
NNitric Acid
40Am
bientN
NNitric Hydrofluoric
20:275
NN
Nitrous Acid10
75C
COzone for Sew
age Treatm
ent100
CC
Perchloroethylene100
75I
NPhenol
1075
IN
Phenol88
Ambient
NN
Phosphoric Acid 85
Max.
CS
Phosphoric Acid, Super115
Max.
SN
Potassium Hydroxide
10120
SN
Potassium Salts
AllM
ax.C
CSilver Nitrate
100M
ax.C
CSodium
CyanideAll
75S
ISodium
Hydroxide50
Max.
IN
Sodium Hydroxide
10M
ax.N
NSodium
Hypochlorite (Stable)
10100
SI
Sodium Salts-Neutral
AllM
ax.C
CSodium
Salts-AggressiveAll
75T
NSulfur Dioxide
Sat.M
ax.S
SSulfuric Acid
25M
ax.S
ISulfuric Acid
50M
ax.S
NSulfuric Acid
75100
IN
Toluene100
120I
NTrichloroethane 1,1,1
All75
IN
Trisodium Phosphate
50M
ax.I
NW
ater (Fresh, Salt, M
oderate, D.I.)100
Max.
CC
Wet Chlorine/Hydrochloric
Acid)10-20
Up to 350N
N
White Liquor
(Pulp Mill)
AllM
ax.S
N
Zinc Chloride PlatingAll
75S
NZinc Salts
100M
ax.C
C
TECH
NIC
AL D
ATA
TECH
NIC
AL D
ATA
1"3⁄8"
1⁄2"1⁄2"
14
5
Technical Data 1"3⁄8"
1⁄2"1⁄2"
Beam D
iagrams and Form
ulas:
Nom
enclature
Cantilever Beam
s
Simple Beam
s
Beams fixed at one end, supported at other
Beam
s fixed at both ends
Beam Load (Static) C
onversion Factors
Design Load D
ata For Power-Strut C
hannel Connections
Pipe Spacing Tables
NFPA
13 Com
pliance Tables
Section Modulus Required for Trapeze M
embers
Electrical Metallic Tubing D
ata
Conduit Spacing
Conduit &
Pipe Data
Steel Rigid
Interm
ediate Metal
Steel Pipe
C
opper Tube
Cast Iron
PV
C
Spacing of Hangers:
C
opper Tubing
Steel Pipe
PMC
Plastic Pipe
Load Tables
Threaded Hot Rolled Steel Rod
W
ide Flange Beams
C
hannels – Am
erican Standard
I-Beams – A
merican Standard
Unit C
onversions
Part Num
ber Index
®
The information presented below
is a direct reproduction from portions of the
8th Edition of THE MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
by express permission of the Am
erican Institute of Steel Construction.
Beam
Diagram
s and Formulas (N
omenclature)
E
Mo
du
lus o
f Ela
sticity of ste
el a
t 29
,00
0 ksi.
I M
om
en
t of In
ertia
of B
ea
m (in
ch4).
Mm
ax
M
axim
um
Mo
me
nt (kip
inch
)
M1
M
axim
um
mo
me
nt in
left se
ction
of b
ea
m (kip
inch
)
M2
M
axim
um
mo
me
nt in
righ
t sectio
n o
f be
am
(kip in
ch)
Mx
M
om
en
t at d
istan
ce x fro
m e
nd
of b
ea
m (kip
inch
)
P
Co
nce
ntra
ted
Lo
ad
(kips)
R
En
d b
ea
m re
actio
n fo
r an
y con
ditio
n o
f symm
etrica
l loa
din
g (kip
s)
R1
L
eft e
nd
be
am
rea
ction
(kips)
R2
R
igh
t en
d o
r inte
rme
dia
te b
ea
m re
actio
n (kip
s)
V
Ma
ximu
m ve
rtical sh
ea
r for a
ny co
nd
ition
of sym
me
trical lo
ad
ing
(kips)
V1
M
axim
um
vertica
l she
ar in
left se
ction
of b
ea
m (kip
s)
V2
V
ertica
l she
ar a
t righ
t rea
ction
po
int, o
r to le
ft of in
term
ed
iate
rea
ction
po
int o
f be
am
(kips)
Vx
V
ertica
l she
ar a
t dista
nce
x from
en
d o
f be
am
(kips)
a
Me
asu
red
dista
nce
alo
ng
be
am
(inch
)
b
Me
asu
red
dista
nce
alo
ng
be
am
wh
ich m
ay b
e g
rea
ter o
r less th
at “a
” (inch
)
L
Tota
l len
gth
of b
ea
m b
etw
ee
n re
actio
n p
oin
ts (inch
)
W
Un
iform
ly distrib
ute
d lo
ad
pe
r un
it of le
ng
th (lb
s)
x
An
y dista
nce
me
asu
red
alo
ng
be
am
from
left re
actio
n (in
ch)
x1
A
ny d
istan
ce m
ea
sure
d a
lon
g o
verh
an
g se
ction
of b
ea
m fro
m n
ea
rest re
actio
n p
oin
t(in).
ma
x
Ma
ximu
m d
efle
ction
(inch
)
a
De
flectio
n a
t po
int o
f loa
d (in
ch)
x
De
flectio
n a
t po
int x d
istan
ce fro
m le
ft rea
ction
(inch
)
Beam
Diagram
s and Formulas (C
antilever Beam
s)
P
L
VM
L
ab
P
M V
M V
V m
ax. = P
M m
ax. = P
L
max. =
PL
3
3EI
V m
ax. = W
max. =
WL
3
8EI
WL2
M m
ax. =
V m
ax. = P
max. =
Pb
2(3L-b)6E
I
M m
ax. = P
b L
CA
NT
ILE
VE
R B
EA
MS
Technical Data 1"3⁄8"
1⁄2"1⁄2"
Beam
Diagram
s and Formulas
(Simple B
eams)
The information presented below
is a direct reproduction from portions of the
8th Edition of THE MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
by express permission of the Am
erican Institute of Steel Construction.
M V
L PL
2
RR
M V
LR
RL
R1
R2
M V
ab
P
R=
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. =
PL
3
48EI
P2P2PL4
R=
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. =
5WL
3
384EI
W2W2W
L8
R2 =
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
PbL
R1 =
PaL
PaLPabL
Pab(a+
2b) 3a(a+2b)
27EIL
max. =
LR
1R
2
ab
P
VM
LR
1
PL
2
VM
L
VM
3L8
3L4
R2 =
M at point of load =
R1 a
M at fixed end =
Pb
2
2L3
R1 =
Pa
2L3
(a+2L)
(3L 2-a 2)Pab
2L3
(a+L)
R1 =
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. at x =
0.447L
5P1611P163P
L16
max. =
0.009317 PL
3
EI
R1 =
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. at x =
0.4215L
3W85W8W
L8
max. =
WL
3
185EI
R1
V
M2
LR
1R
2
ab
P
VM
L PL
2
VM
L
M1
R2 =
M1 =
M2 =
Pb
2
L3
R1 =
Pa
2
L3
(3a+b)
(a+3b)
Pab
2
L2
Pa
2bL
2
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. =
PL
3
192EI
P2PL8
V m
ax. =
M m
ax. =
max. =
WL
3
384EI
W2WL
12
Beam
Diagram
s and Formulas (B
eams fixed at one end, supported at other)
Beam
Diagram
s and Formulas
(Beam
s fixed at both ends)
®
Power-Strut beam
loads shown for varoius channels throughout this catalog are for single span, sim
ple beams, w
ith uniform loads. Loading or
other support conditions can be calculated by multiplying the channel beam
load by the appropriate factor listed below
.
Beam
Load (Static) C
onversion Factors
1.) To determine the load and deflection of a PS-200
simple beam
72" long, with a concentrated load
at the center of span: From
the PS-200 Beam Load Chart (page 27), the m
aximum
uni-form
load for a 72" span is 560# with a deflection of .50".
Multiply the above factors:
Load = 560 x .50 = 280#
Defl. = .50 x .80 = .40"
Exam
ple so
lutio
ns
Co
ntin
uo
us B
eam, T
wo
Eq
ual S
pan
s,C
on
centrated
Lo
ad at C
enter o
f Each
Sp
an0.67
0.48
DE
FL
EC
TIO
N
FA
CT
OR
LO
AD
FA
CT
OR
LO
AD
AN
D S
UP
PO
RT
CO
ND
ITIO
N
SP
AN
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.25
1.50
1.00
1.00
0.12
1.30
0.62
1.10
1.00
0.80
2.40
0.30
0.40
0.42
3.20
0.92
0.71
1.S
imp
le Beam
,U
nifo
rm L
oad
2.S
imp
le Beam
,C
on
centrated
Lo
ad at C
enter
3.S
imp
le Beam
,T
wo
Eq
ual C
on
centrated
Lo
adcs at 1/4 p
ts
4.B
eam F
ixed at B
oth
En
ds,
Un
iform
Lo
ad
5.B
eam F
ixed at B
oth
En
ds,
Co
ncen
trated L
oad
at Cen
ter
6.C
antilever B
eam,
Un
iform
Lo
ad
7.C
antilever B
eam,
Co
ncen
trated L
oad
at En
d
8.C
on
tinu
ou
s Beam
, Tw
o E
qu
al Sp
ans,
Un
iform
Lo
ad o
n O
ne S
pan
9.C
on
tinu
ou
s Beam
, Tw
o E
qu
al Sp
ans,
Un
iform
Lo
ad o
n B
oth
En
ds
10.Co
ntin
uo
us B
eam, T
wo
Eq
ual S
pan
s,C
on
centrated
Lo
ad at C
enter o
f On
e Sp
an
11.
SP
AN
SP
AN
2.) To determine the load and deflection of a PS-200-2T3 cantilever
beam 24" long w
ith a concetrated load at end: From
the PS-200-2T3 Beam Load Chart (page 27), the m
aximum
uniform
load for a 24" span is 3130# with a deflection of .03".
Multiply the above factors:
Load = 3130# x .12 = 376#
Defl. = .03 x 3.20 = .096"
Technical Data 1"3⁄8"
1⁄2"1⁄2"
Design Load Data For Power-Strut Channel Connections
PS
60
3 – PS-200 1500#, PS-210 1000#
PS
60
3 – PS-200 1000#, PS-210 650#
PS
60
7 – PS-200 2000#, PS-210 2000#
PS
-60
1 - PS-210 1000#, PS-210 800#
Both Ends SupportedBoth Ends Supported
PS
60
5 – PS-2001500, #PS-210 1000#
Both Ends SupportedBoth Ends Supported
PS
33
73
- PS-200 3000#, PS-210 2000#
Both Ends SupportedBoth Ends Supported
PS
74
5 – PS-200 2000#, PS-210 1500#
Both Ends Supported
LOA
D
LOA
D
LOA
D
LO
AD
LO
AD
LOA
D
LOA
D
LOA
D
LOA
D
PS
60
4 – 500#
PS
60
6 – 500#
1.) Safety Factor = 2- 1⁄2 based on ultimate strength of connection.
2.) Load Diagrams indicate design loads for 12 ga. (listed as PS-200) and for 14 ga. (listed as PS-210) channels.
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2001,500
PS 2101,000
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2001,500
PS 2101,000
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2001,000
PS 210650
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2003,000
PS 2102,000
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2002,000
PS 2101,500
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2002,000
PS 210
ChannelLoad (lbs)
PS 2001,000
PS 210800
®
Tables of Pipe S
pacing
This chart, developed by Julius Getlan of Seelye Steven-
son Value & Knect, consulting engineers, N
ew York C
ity, enables one to quickly determ
ine the centerline-to-centerline dim
ension between any tw
o size pipes on a rack. Select the sm
aller pipe size at top and select the other at the side of the table. W
here the appropriate columns intersect, the
dimension is given.
These factors are included in the dimensions given:
1⁄4the next larger 1⁄4
2. 1
1⁄2
Normal
Pipe Dia.(In.)
Normal Pipe Diam
eter, Inches3⁄4"
1"1
1⁄4"1
1⁄2"
TS
TF
ST
FS
TF
S
3⁄4T
43⁄4
––
––
––
––
––
S4
1⁄24
1⁄4
1T
54
3⁄45
1⁄4F
65
3⁄46
1⁄47
1⁄4S
43⁄4
41⁄2
56
41⁄2
11⁄4
T5
1⁄45
51⁄2
61⁄2
55
1⁄2F
61⁄4
66
1⁄27
1⁄26
1⁄46
3⁄47
3⁄4S
43⁄4
41⁄2
56
41⁄2
51⁄4
61⁄4
43⁄4
11⁄2
T5
1⁄45
51⁄2
61⁄2
51⁄4
53⁄4
63⁄4
51⁄4
53⁄4
F6
1⁄26
1⁄46
3⁄47
3⁄46
1⁄46
3⁄48
61⁄2
78
S5
43⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
65
51⁄2
61⁄2
5
2T
53⁄4
51⁄2
67
51⁄2
67
1⁄45
3⁄46
1⁄47
1⁄45
3⁄4F
76
3⁄47
1⁄48
1⁄46
3⁄47
1⁄48
1⁄27
71⁄2
81⁄2
7S
51⁄4
55
1⁄26
1⁄25
51⁄2
63⁄4
51⁄4
53⁄4
63⁄4
51⁄4
21⁄2
T6
53⁄4
61⁄4
71⁄4
66
1⁄27
1⁄26
61⁄2
73⁄4
61⁄4
F7
1⁄27
1⁄47
3⁄48
3⁄47
1⁄47
3⁄49
71⁄2
89
71⁄2
S5
1⁄25
1⁄45
3⁄46
3⁄45
1⁄45
3⁄47
51⁄2
67
51⁄2
3T
61⁄4
66
1⁄27
1⁄26
1⁄46
3⁄47
3⁄46
1⁄46
3⁄48
61⁄2
F7
3⁄47
1⁄28
97
1⁄28
91⁄4
73⁄4
81⁄4
91⁄4
73⁄4
S5
3⁄45
1⁄26
75
1⁄26
71⁄4
53⁄4
61⁄4
71⁄4
53⁄4
4T
71⁄2
71⁄4
73⁄4
83⁄4
71⁄4
73⁄4
97
1⁄28
97
1⁄2F
98
3⁄49
1⁄410
1⁄48
3⁄49
1⁄410
1⁄29
91⁄2
101⁄2
9S
63⁄4
61⁄2
78
61⁄2
78
1⁄46
3⁄47
1⁄48
1⁄46
3⁄4
5T
87
3⁄48
1⁄49
1⁄47
3⁄48
1⁄49
1⁄28
81⁄2
91⁄2
8F
91⁄2
91⁄4
93⁄4
103⁄4
91⁄4
93⁄4
119
1⁄210
119
1⁄2S
71⁄4
77
1⁄28
1⁄47
71⁄2
83⁄4
71⁄4
73⁄4
83⁄4
71⁄4
6T
83⁄4
81⁄2
910
81⁄2
910
1⁄48
3⁄49
1⁄410
1⁄48
3⁄4F
109
3⁄410
1⁄411
1⁄49
3⁄410
1⁄411
1⁄210
101⁄2
111⁄2
10S
73⁄4
71⁄2
89
71⁄2
89
1⁄47
3⁄48
1⁄49
1⁄47
3⁄4
8T
83⁄4
91⁄2
1011
93⁄4
101⁄2
111⁄4
93⁄4
101⁄4
111⁄2
10F
111⁄4
1111
1⁄212
1⁄211
111⁄2
123⁄4
111⁄4
113⁄4
123⁄4
111⁄4
10T
111⁄4
1111
1⁄212
1⁄211
111⁄2
123⁄4
111⁄4
113⁄4
123⁄4
111⁄4
F12
1⁄212
1⁄412
3⁄413
3⁄412
1⁄412
3⁄414
121⁄2
1314
121⁄2
12T
121⁄4
1212
1⁄213
1⁄212
121⁄2
133⁄4
121⁄4
123⁄4
133⁄4
121⁄4
F14
133⁄4
141⁄4
151⁄4
133⁄4
141⁄4
151⁄2
1414
1⁄215
1⁄214
T
top related